Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

in an extended sense of the term

  • 1 extend

    1. transitive verb
    1) (stretch out) ausstrecken [Arm, Bein, Hand]; ausziehen [Leiter, Teleskop]; ausbreiten [Flügel]
    2) (make longer) (in space) verlängern; ausdehnen [Grenze]; ausbauen [Bahnlinie, Straße]; (in time) verlängern; verlängern lassen [Leihbuch, Visum]

    extend the time limitden Termin hinausschieben

    3) (enlarge) ausdehnen [Einfluss, Macht]; erweitern [Wissen, Wortschatz, Bedeutung, Freundeskreis, Besitz, Geschäft]; ausbauen, vergrößern [Haus, Geschäft]
    4) (offer) gewähren, zuteil werden lassen [[Gast]freundschaft, Schutz, Hilfe, Kredit] (to Dat.); (accord) aussprechen [Dank, Einladung, Glückwunsch] (to Dat.); ausrichten [Gruß] (to Dat.)
    2. intransitive verb
    * * *
    [ik'stend]
    1) (to make longer or larger: He extended his vegetable garden.) ausdehnen
    2) (to reach or stretch: The school grounds extend as far as this fence.) sich erstrecken
    3) (to hold out or stretch out (a limb etc): He extended his hand to her.) ausstrecken
    4) (to offer: May I extend a welcome to you all?) anbieten
    - academic.ru/25901/extension">extension
    - extensive
    * * *
    ex·tend
    [ɪkˈstend, ekˈ-]
    I. vt
    1. (stretch out)
    to \extend sth etw ausstrecken
    to \extend one's fingers seine Finger ausstrecken
    to \extend one's hand to sb jdm die Hand entgegenstrecken [o geh reichen]
    to \extend a line/rope eine Leine/ein Seil spannen
    2. (prolong)
    to \extend sth credit, visa etw verlängern
    to \extend sth etw verlängern; ladder, table etw ausziehen; landing gear etw ausfahren; sofa etw ausklappen
    4. (expand)
    to \extend sth etw erweitern [o vergrößern]; influence, business etw ausdehnen [o ausbauen
    to \extend sth etw vergrößern [o verstärken]
    to \extend public awareness of sth die Öffentlichkeit für etw akk sensibilisieren
    to \extend one's commitment seine Bemühungen verstärken, sich akk stärker engagieren
    6. (build)
    to \extend sth [to sth] etw [an etw akk] anbauen
    to \extend one's house sein Haus ausbauen
    to \extend a road/track eine Straße/Fahrspur ausbauen
    to \extend sth to sb jdm etw erweisen [o zuteilwerden lassen]; credit, protection jdm etw gewähren [o SCHWEIZ a. zusprechen]
    to \extend money to sb FIN jdm Geld zur Verfügung stellen
    to \extend one's thanks to sb jdm seinen Dank aussprechen
    to \extend a welcome to sb jdn willkommen heißen
    8. (strain)
    to \extend sb jdn [bis an seine Leistungsgrenze] fordern
    to \extend oneself sich akk verausgaben
    II. vi
    1. (stretch) sich akk erstrecken, sich akk ausdehnen; over period of time sich akk hinziehen pej, dauern
    the fields \extend into the distance die Felder dehnen sich bis in die Ferne aus
    rain is expected to \extend to all parts of the country by this evening bis heute Abend soll der Regen alle Landesteile erreicht haben
    the last party \extended throughout the night die letzte Party dauerte die ganze Nacht
    to \extend beyond sth über etw akk hinausgehen
    to \extend for miles sich akk meilenweit hinziehen
    2. (include) sich erstrecken
    to \extend to sb/sth restrictions für jdn/etw gelten
    his concern doesn't \extend as far as actually doing something seine Besorgnis geht nicht so weit, dass er tatsächlich etwas unternimmt
    * * *
    [ɪk'stend]
    1. vt
    1) (= stretch out) arms ausstrecken
    2) (= prolong) street, line, visit, passport, holidays, deadline, lease verlängern
    3) (= enlarge) research, powers, franchise ausdehnen, erweitern; knowledge erweitern, vergrößern; influence ausbauen; scheme ausweiten; house anbauen an (+acc); property vergrößern, erweitern; limits erweitern; frontiers of a country ausdehnen

    in an extended sense of the termim weiteren Sinne des Wortes

    4) (= offer) (to sb jdm) help gewähren; hospitality, friendship erweisen; invitation, thanks, condolences, congratulations aussprechen
    5) (usu pass = make demands on) person, pupil, athlete fordern
    2. vi
    1) (wall, estate, garden) sich erstrecken, sich ausdehnen (to, as far as bis); (ladder, table) sich ausziehen lassen; (meetings etc over period of time) sich ausdehnen or hinziehen

    a career that extended from 1974 to 1990 — eine Laufbahn, die sich von 1974 bis 1990 erstreckte

    2)

    (= reach to) enthusiasm which extends even to the children — Begeisterung, die sich sogar auf die Kinder überträgt

    * * *
    extend [ıkˈstend]
    A v/t
    1. (aus)dehnen, (-)weiten
    2. a) verlängern
    b) eine Leiter etc ausziehen
    3. eine Produktionsanlage etc vergrößern, erweitern, ausbauen:
    extend one’s horizons seinen Horizont erweitern;
    extend one’s lead SPORT seinen Vorsprung ausbauen
    4. ein Seil etc ziehen, führen, spannen ( alle:
    round um)
    5. ausstrecken (one’s hand die Hand)
    6. Nahrungsmittel etc strecken ( with mit)
    7. fig fort-, weiterführen, einen Besuch, seine Macht ausdehnen (to auf akk), eine Frist, einen Pass, einen Vertrag etc verlängern, WIRTSCH auch prolongieren, ein Angebot etc aufrechterhalten:
    have one’s passport extended seinen Pass verlängern lassen; bedtime
    8. (to, toward[s] dat)
    a) eine Gunst, Hilfe gewähren, Gutes erweisen
    b) seinen Dank, Glückwunsch etc aussprechen:
    extend an invitation to(wards) sb jemandem eine Einladung schicken, jemanden einladen
    c) einen Gruß entbieten
    a) gerichtlich abschätzen
    b) pfänden
    10. Abkürzungen (voll) ausschreiben, Kurzschrift (in Langschrift) übertragen
    11. SPORT das Letzte aus einem Pferd herausholen, voll ausreiten:
    extend o.s. sich völlig ausgeben oder verausgaben
    12. FLUG das Fahrgestell ausfahren
    13. MIL ausschwärmen lassen
    14. Buchhaltung: übertragen
    B v/i
    1. sich ausdehnen, sich erstrecken, reichen ( alle:
    over über akk;
    to bis zu)
    2. sich (zeitlich) erstrecken oder hinziehen ( for über akk)
    3. a) hinausgehen ( beyond über akk)
    b) (heraus)ragen
    4. MIL ausschwärmen
    * * *
    1. transitive verb
    1) (stretch out) ausstrecken [Arm, Bein, Hand]; ausziehen [Leiter, Teleskop]; ausbreiten [Flügel]
    2) (make longer) (in space) verlängern; ausdehnen [Grenze]; ausbauen [Bahnlinie, Straße]; (in time) verlängern; verlängern lassen [Leihbuch, Visum]
    3) (enlarge) ausdehnen [Einfluss, Macht]; erweitern [Wissen, Wortschatz, Bedeutung, Freundeskreis, Besitz, Geschäft]; ausbauen, vergrößern [Haus, Geschäft]
    4) (offer) gewähren, zuteil werden lassen [[Gast]freundschaft, Schutz, Hilfe, Kredit] (to Dat.); (accord) aussprechen [Dank, Einladung, Glückwunsch] (to Dat.); ausrichten [Gruß] (to Dat.)
    2. intransitive verb
    * * *
    v.
    ausdehnen v.
    ausfahren (Leiter, Antenne) v.
    ausweiten v.
    erweitern v.
    vergrößern v.
    verlängern v.

    English-german dictionary > extend

  • 2 amplio

    adj.
    1 ample, extensive, broad, roomy.
    2 ample, generous, broad, free-handed.
    3 wide, diverse, varied.
    4 liberal-minded, liberal, tolerant, all-round.
    5 spacious, capacious.
    6 free-ranging.
    * * *
    1 (extenso) large
    2 (espacioso) roomy, spacious
    3 (ancho) wide, broad
    4 (holgado) loose
    \
    en el sentido más amplio de la palabra in the broadest sense of the word
    * * *
    (f. - amplia)
    adj.
    ample, wide, spacious
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=espacioso) [habitación, interior] spacious; [avenida, calle] wide
    2) [ropa] loose(-fitting), roomy *; [falda] full
    3) [margen] wide
    4) [conocimiento, vocabulario, poder, gama] wide, extensive

    un amplio surtido de productosa wide o extensive range of products

    5) [sentido] broad
    6) [repercusión] far-reaching

    la noticia tuvo amplia difusión o amplio eco en la prensa — the news was widely o extensively reported

    7) [informe] full, detailed
    * * *
    - plia adjetivo
    a) <calle/valle/margen> wide; < casa> spacious; <vestido/abrigo> loose-fitting
    b) <criterio/sentido> broad
    c) <garantías/programa> comprehensive
    * * *
    = vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], extensive, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], wide-sweeping, widespread, broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], airy [airier -comp., airiest -sup.], ample, capacious, widespan, wide-reaching, expansive, extended, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], wide-angle(d), loose fit, roomy [roomier -comp., roomiest -sup.].
    Ex. If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.
    Ex. The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.
    Ex. Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.
    Ex. Surely these innovations already have and will continue to bring deep and wide-sweeping change to our profession - and because of their rapidity, these changes will be sudden and often tumultuous.
    Ex. Comment published so far is favourable, but the code still awaits widespread adoption.
    Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex. In the questionnaire young people answered that the bookshops in their town were airy, well-lit and very pleasant shops to visit.
    Ex. The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex. This is an efficient method of storing large amounts of programs and data, which is faster, more reliable and much more capacious than the floppy disc.
    Ex. With no other type of structure is it possible to obtain clear, widespan coverage of almost unlimited areas, translucency to permit uniform daylight, and transportability or relocatability.
    Ex. Appraisal is the single most important function performed by an archivist because it has wide-reaching and everlasting social implications.
    Ex. The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex. The brief abstracts and extended abstracts of papers, not published in full in the proceedings, are excluded.
    Ex. Located in an isolated section of the Southwest, Los Pasos sits under the brassy sun on a wide plain below a low range of hills.
    Ex. Except for the principal no one besides the librarian has such a wide-angle view of the school's instructional programme.
    Ex. His offices and warehouses were one of the first designs which was subsequently described as loose fit, low energy building.
    Ex. With roomy interiors and flexible seating, minivans are some of the most versatile vehicles for carrying passengers and cargo.
    ----
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * demasiado amplio = overwide [over-wide].
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * una amplia gama de = a wide variety of, a wide range of, a broad variety of, a broad range of.
    * una amplia variedad de = a broad variety of, a wide range of, a broad range of.
    * WAN (red de área amplia) = WAN (wide area network).
    * * *
    - plia adjetivo
    a) <calle/valle/margen> wide; < casa> spacious; <vestido/abrigo> loose-fitting
    b) <criterio/sentido> broad
    c) <garantías/programa> comprehensive
    * * *
    = vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], extensive, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], wide-sweeping, widespread, broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], airy [airier -comp., airiest -sup.], ample, capacious, widespan, wide-reaching, expansive, extended, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], wide-angle(d), loose fit, roomy [roomier -comp., roomiest -sup.].

    Ex: If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.

    Ex: The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.
    Ex: Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.
    Ex: Surely these innovations already have and will continue to bring deep and wide-sweeping change to our profession - and because of their rapidity, these changes will be sudden and often tumultuous.
    Ex: Comment published so far is favourable, but the code still awaits widespread adoption.
    Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex: In the questionnaire young people answered that the bookshops in their town were airy, well-lit and very pleasant shops to visit.
    Ex: The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex: This is an efficient method of storing large amounts of programs and data, which is faster, more reliable and much more capacious than the floppy disc.
    Ex: With no other type of structure is it possible to obtain clear, widespan coverage of almost unlimited areas, translucency to permit uniform daylight, and transportability or relocatability.
    Ex: Appraisal is the single most important function performed by an archivist because it has wide-reaching and everlasting social implications.
    Ex: The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex: The brief abstracts and extended abstracts of papers, not published in full in the proceedings, are excluded.
    Ex: Located in an isolated section of the Southwest, Los Pasos sits under the brassy sun on a wide plain below a low range of hills.
    Ex: Except for the principal no one besides the librarian has such a wide-angle view of the school's instructional programme.
    Ex: His offices and warehouses were one of the first designs which was subsequently described as loose fit, low energy building.
    Ex: With roomy interiors and flexible seating, minivans are some of the most versatile vehicles for carrying passengers and cargo.
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * demasiado amplio = overwide [over-wide].
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * una amplia gama de = a wide variety of, a wide range of, a broad variety of, a broad range of.
    * una amplia variedad de = a broad variety of, a wide range of, a broad range of.
    * WAN (red de área amplia) = WAN (wide area network).

    * * *
    1 ‹calle› wide; ‹valle› wide, broad; ‹casa› spacious; ‹vestido/abrigo› loose-fitting; ‹falda/manga› full
    con una amplia sonrisa with a broad smile
    2 ‹criterio› broad; ‹margen› wide
    en el sentido amplio de la palabra in the broad sense of the word
    por amplia mayoría by a large majority
    tiene amplias facultades para decidir sobre este punto he has full authority to make a decision on this point
    una amplia gama de colores a wide range of colors
    les ofrecemos las más amplias garantías we offer comprehensive guarantees o the fullest possible guarantees
    un tema que tuvo una amplia difusión an issue that received wide media coverage
    un amplio programa de reformas a full o wide-ranging o comprehensive program of reforms
    * * *

     

    Del verbo ampliar: ( conjugate ampliar)

    amplío es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    amplió es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    ampliar    
    amplio
    ampliar ( conjugate ampliar) verbo transitivo
    a)local/carretera to extend;

    negocio to expand
    b)capital/personal to increase

    c)conocimientos/vocabulario to increase;

    explicación to expand (on);
    campo de acción to widen, broaden;

    d)plazo/período to extend


    amplio
    ◊ - plia adjetivo

    a)calle/valle/margen wide;

    casa spacious;
    vestido/abrigo loose-fitting;
    sonrisa broad
    b)criterio/sentido broad;


    una amplia gama de colores a wide range of colors
    c)garantías/programa comprehensive

    ampliar verbo transitivo
    1 (hacer más largo un plazo) to extend
    2 (hacer más grande un edificio) to enlarge
    3 (extender un negocio) to expand
    4 (una fotografía) to enlarge, to blow up
    5 (el campo de acción) to widen: los sindicatos proponen ampliar las sanciones a los defraudadores, the unions propose greater penalties for those committing fraud
    amplio,-a adjetivo
    1 large, roomy
    2 (ancho, profundo, variado) wide, broad ➣ Ver nota en ancho
    ' amplio' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    amplia
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - dilatada
    - dilatado
    - espectro
    - nave
    English:
    ample
    - extensive
    - large
    - roomy
    - spacious
    - sweep
    - vocabulary
    - wide
    - all
    - broad
    - comfortable
    - smock
    - sweeping
    * * *
    amplio, -a adj
    1. [grande] [sala, maletero] roomy, spacious;
    [avenida] wide;
    una amplio sonrisa a broad smile
    2. [ropa] loose
    3. [extenso] [explicación, cobertura] comprehensive;
    [ventaja, capacidad] considerable;
    en el sentido más amplio de la palabra in the broadest sense of the word;
    ganaron por una amplia mayoría they won with a large majority;
    hubo un amplio consenso there was a broad consensus;
    ofrecen una amplia gama de servicios they offer a wide range of services;
    gozan de una amplia aceptación they enjoy widespread approval;
    tiene una amplia experiencia she has wide-ranging experience
    4. [abierto]
    una persona de amplias miras o [m5] amplia de miras a broad-minded person
    * * *
    adj casa spacious; gama, margen wide; falda full
    * * *
    amplio, - plia adj
    : broad, wide, ample
    ampliamente adj
    * * *
    amplio adj
    1. (gama, margen) wide
    2. (valor, cantidad) large
    3. (espacioso) spacious
    4. (ropa) baggy [comp. baggier; superl. baggiest] / loose

    Spanish-English dictionary > amplio

  • 3 grammaticus

    1.
    grammătĭcus, a, um, adj., = grammatikos, of or belonging to grammar, grammatical:

    ars,

    Auct. Her. 4, 12, 17; Quint. 1, 5, 54:

    possis illud grammaticum, hoc rhetoricum magis dicere,

    id. 9, 3, 2:

    grammaticas ambire tribus et pulpita,

    the tribes of the grammarians, Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 40:

    cum eundem (Tuditanum) de rebus grammaticis scripsisse constet,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 36 Müll.—
    II.
    Subst.
    A.
    grammătĭcus, i, m., a grammarian in the more extended sense of the word, a philologist: appellatio grammaticorum Graeca consuetudine invaluit: sed initio litterati vocabantur. Cornelius quoque Nepos litteratos vulgo appellari ait eos, qui aliquid diligenter et acute scienterque possint aut dicere aut scribere: ceterum proprie sic appellandos poëtarum interpretes, qui a Graecis grammatikoi nominentur... Veteres grammatici et rhetoricam docebant, etc., Suet. Gramm. 4:

    ut si grammaticum se professus quispiam barbare loquatur,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 4, 12; cf.:

    grammatici custodes Latini sermonis,

    Sen. Ep. 95 med.:

    grammatici poëtarum explanatores sunt,

    Cic. Div. 1, 51, 116; id. Att. 7, 3, 10: hanc hupallagên rhetores, metônumian grammatici vocant, id. Or. 27, 93; Quint. 10, 1, 53; 1, 8, 21; cf. in the foll. the passage Quint. 2, 1, 4, and Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 187:

    (Ateius) inter grammaticos rhetor, inter rhetores grammaticus,

    Suet. Gramm. 10.—Prov.:

    grammatici certant,

    doctors disagree, Hor. A. P. 78.—
    B.
    grammătĭca, ae, and gram-mătĭce, ēs (the first form in Cicero and Suet., the latter in Quint.), f., = grammatikê, grammar in the wider sense of the term, philology:

    quamquam ea verba, quibus instituto veterum utimur pro Latinis, ut ipsa philosophia, ut rhetorica, dialectica, grammatica, geometria, musica, quamquam Latine ea dici poterant, tamen, quoniam usu percepta sunt, nostra ducamus,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 5; id. de Or. 1, 42, 187; cf.:

    et grammatice (quam in Latinum transferentes litteraturam vocaverunt) fines suos norit, praesertim tantum ab hac appellationis suae paupertate, intra quam primi illi constitere, provecta: nam tenuis a fonte, assumptis poëtarum historicorumque viribus, pleno jam satis alveo fluit, cum praeter rationem recte loquendi non parum alioqui copiosam prope omnium maximarum artium scientiam amplexa sit,

    Quint. 2, 1, 4; cf. id. 2, 14, 3:

    grammatica,

    Suet. Gramm. 1; 2; 3; 6; 8;

    24 et saep.: grammatice,

    Quint. 1, 4, 2 sq.; 1, 5, 1; 1, 8, 12; 1, 10, 17 et saep.—
    C.
    grammătĭca, ōrum, n., grammar, philology:

    in grammaticis poëtarum pertractatio, historiarum cognitio, verborum interpretatio, pronuntiandi quidam sonus,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 187.— Adv.: grammă-tĭce, according to the rules of grammar, grammatically:

    mihi non invenuste dici videtur, aliud esse Latine, aliud grammatice loqui,

    Quint. 1, 6, 27.
    2.
    grammătĭcus, i, v. 1. grammaticus, II. A.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > grammaticus

  • 4 υἱός

    υἱός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) prim. ‘son’
    a male who is in a kinship relationship either biologically or by legal action, son, offspring, descendant
    the direct male issue of a person, son τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:21; GJs 14:2 (cp. Mel., P. 8, 53 ὡς γὰρ υἱὸς τεχθείς). Cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14) and 25; 10:37 (w. θυγάτηρ); Mk 12:6a; Lk 1:13, 31, 57; 11:11; 15:11 (on this JEngel, Die Parabel v. Verlorenen Sohn: ThGl 18, 1926, 54–64; MFrost, The Prodigal Son: Exp. 9th ser., 2, 1924, 56–60; EBuonaiuti, Religio 11, ’35, 398–402); Ac 7:29; Ro 9:9 (cp. Gen 18:10); Gal 4:22 al. W. gen. Mt 7:9; 20:20f; 21:37ab; Mk 6:3; 9:17; Lk 3:2; 4:22; 15:19; J 9:19f; Ac 13:21; 16:1; 23:16; Gal 4:30abc (Gen 21:10abc); Js 2:21; AcPlCor 2:29. Also ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι υἱὸς Φαρισαίων Ac 23:6 is prob. a ref. to direct descent. μονογενὴς υἱός (s. μονογενής 1) Lk 7:12. ὁ υἱὸς ὁ πρωτότοκος (πρωτότοκος 1) 2:7.
    the immediate male offspring of an animal (Ps 28:1 υἱοὺς κριῶν; Sir 38:25. So Lat. filius: Columella 6, 37, 4) in our lit. only as foal ἐπὶ πῶλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου Mt 21:5 (cp. Zech 9:9 πῶλον νέον).
    human offspring in an extended line of descent, descendant, son Ἰωσὴφ υἱὸς Δαυίδ Mt 1:20 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 73); s. 2dα below. υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ (Ἰσραήλ 1) Mt 27:9; Lk 1:16; Ac 5:21; 7:23, 37; 9:15; 10:36; Ro 9:27; 2 Cor 3:7, 13; Hb 11:22 al.; AcPlCor 2:32. οἱ υἱοὶ Λευί (Num 26:57) Hb 7:5. υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ Lk 19:9. υἱοὶ Ἀδάμ 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8). υἱοι Ῥουβήλ GJs 6:3.
    one who is accepted or legally adopted as a son (Herodian 5, 7, 1; 4; 5; Jos, Ant. 2, 263; 20, 150) Ac 7:21 (cp. Ex 2:10).—J 19:26.
    a pers. related or closely associated as if by ties of sonship, son, transf. sense of 1
    of a pupil, follower, or one who is otherw. a spiritual son (SIG 1169, 12 οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ=the pupils and helpers [40] of Asclepius; sim. Maximus Tyr. 4, 2c; Just., D. 86, 6 οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν.—Some combination w. παῖδες is the favorite designation for those who are heirs of guild-secrets or who are to perpetuate a skill of some kind: Pla., Rep. 3, 407e, Leg. 6, 769b; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verbi 22 p. 102, 4 Us./Rdm. ῥητόρων παῖδες; Lucian, Anach. 19, Dial. Mort. 11, 1 Χαλδαίων π.=dream-interpreters, Dips. 5 ἱατρῶν π., Amor. 49; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 13 σοφῶν π.): the ‘sons’ of the Pharisees Mt 12:27; Lk 11:19. Peter says Μᾶρκος ὁ υἱός μου 1 Pt 5:13 (perh. w. a component of endearment; s. Μᾶρκος). As a familiar form of address by a cherished mentor Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11; ParJer 5:28; 7:24). υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες B 1:1.
    of the individual members of a large and coherent group (cp. the υἷες Ἀχαιῶν in Homer; also PsSol 2:3 οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 15; LXX) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 Cl 8:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin). υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραάμ Ac 13:26. οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (Gen 11:5; Ps 11:2, 9; 44:3; TestLevi 3:10; TestZeb 9:7; GrBar 2:4) the sons of men=humans (cp. dγ below) Mk 3:28; Eph 3:5; 1 Cl 61:2 (of the earthly rulers in contrast to the heavenly king).
    of one whose identity is defined in terms of a relationship with a person or thing
    α. of those who are bound to a personality by close, non-material ties; it is this personality that has promoted the relationship and given it its character: son(s) of: those who believe are υἱοὶ Ἀβραάμ, because Abr. was the first whose relationship to God was based on faith Gal 3:7. In a special sense the devout, believers, are sons of God, i.e., in the light of the social context, people of special status and privilege (cp. PsSol 17:27; Just., D, 124, 1; Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 8 ὁ τοῦ Διὸς ὄντως υἱός; Epict. 1, 9, 6; 1, 3, 2; 1, 19, 9; Sextus 58; 60; 135; 376a; Dt 14:1; Ps 28:1; 72:15; Is 43:6 [w. θυγατέρες μου]; 45:11; Wsd 2:18; 5:5; 12:21 al.; Jdth 9:4, 13; Esth 8:12q; 3 Macc 6:28; SibOr 3, 702) Mt 5:45; Lk 6:35; Ro 8:14, 19 (‘Redeemer figures’ EFuchs, Die Freiheit des Glaubens, ’49, 108; against him EHommel in ThViat 4, ’52, 118, n. 26); 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 6:18 (w. θυγατέρες, s. Is 43:6 cited above); Gal 3:26 (cp. PsSol 17:27); 4:6a, 7ab (here the υἱός is the κληρονόμος and his opposite is the δοῦλος); Hb 2:10 (JKögel, Der Sohn u. die Söhne: Eine exeget. Studie zu Hb 2:5–18, 1904); 12:5–8 (in vs. 8 opp. νόθος, q.v.); Rv 21:7; 2 Cl 1:4; B 4:9. Corresp. there are sons of the devil (on this subj. cp. Hdb. on J 8:44) υἱὲ διαβόλου Ac 13:10. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ (masc.) Mt 13:38b. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἐν Ἅιδου ApcPt Rainer. In υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας Mt 23:31 this mng. is prob. to be combined w. sense 1c. The expr. υἱοὶ θεοῦ Mt 5:9 looks to the future (s. Betz, SM ad loc.; cp. KKöhler, StKr 91, 1918, 189f). Lk 20:36a signifies a status akin to that of angels (Ps 88:7; θεῶν παῖδες as heavenly beings: Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a; 12a; 13, 6a.—Hierocles 3, 424 the ἄγγελοι are called θεῶν παῖδες; HWindisch, Friedensbringer-Gottessöhne: ZNW 24, 1925, 240–60, discounts connection w. angels and contends for the elevation of the ordinary followers of Jesus to the status of Alexander the Great in his role as an εἰρηνηποιός [cp. Plut., Mor. 329c]; for measured critique of this view s. Betz, SM 137–42.).
    β. υἱός w. gen. of thing, to denote one who shares in it or who is worthy of it, or who stands in some other close relation to it, oft. made clear by the context; this constr. is prob. a Hebraism in the main, but would not appear barbaric (B-D-F §162, 6; Mlt-H. 441; Dssm., B p. 162–66 [BS 161–66]; PASA II 1884, no. 2 υἱὸς πόλεως [time of Nero; on this type of formulation SEG XXXIX, 1864]; IMagnMai 167, 5; 156, 12) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (αἰών 2a) Lk 16:8a (opp. οἱ υἱοί τοῦ φωτός vs. 8b); 20:34. τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοί (to Mediterranean publics the functional equivalent of ἀθάνατοι ‘immortals’; cp. ἀνάστασις 2b) 20:36b. υἱοὶ τῆς ἀνομίας (ἀνομία 1; cp. CD 6:15) Hv 3, 6, 1; ApcPt 1:3; τῆς ἀπειθείας (s. ἀπείθεια) Eph 2:2; 5:6; Col 3:6; τῆς ἀπωλείας ApcPt 1:2. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας of Judas the informer J 17:12 (cp. similar expressions in Eur., Hec. 425; Menand., Dyscolus 88f: s. FDanker, NTS 7, ’60/61, 94), of the end-time adversary 2 Th 2:3. υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (βασιλεία 1bη; s. SEG XXXIX, 1864 for related expressions) Mt 8:12; 13:38a. υἱοὶ βροντῆς Mk 3:17 (s. Βοανηργές). υἱὸς γεέννης (s. γέεννα) Mt 23:15; τ. διαθήκης (PsSol 17:15) Ac 3:25; εἰρήνης Lk 10:6. υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος (s. νυμφών) Mt 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34. υἱὸς παρακλήσεως Ac 4:36 (s. Βαρναβᾶς). υἱοὶ (τοῦ) φωτός (Hippol., Ref. 6, 47, 4 in gnostic speculation) Lk 16:8b (opp. υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου); J 12:36. υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 Th 5:5 (EBuonaiuti, ‘Figli del giorno e della luce’ [1 Th 5:5]: Rivista storico-critica delle Scienze teol. 6, 1910, 89–93).
    in various combinations as a designation of the Messiah and a self-designation of Jesus
    α. υἱὸς Δαυίδ son of David of the Messiah (PsSol 17:21) Mt 22:42–45; Mk 12:35–37; Lk 20:41–44; B 12:10c. Specif. of Jesus as Messiah Mt 1:1a; 9:27; 12:23; 15:22; 20:30f; 21:9, 15; Mk 10:47f; Lk 18:38f.—WWrede, Jesus als Davidssohn: Vorträge u. Studien 1907, 147–77; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 4, Rel.3 226f; ELohmeyer, Gottesknecht u. Davidssohn ’45, esp. 68; 72; 77; 84; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 251–56; WMichaelis, Die Davidsohnschaft Jesu usw., in D. histor. Jesus u. d. kerygm. Christus, ed. Ristow and Matthiae, ’61, 317–30; LFisher, ECColwell Festschr. ’68, 82–97.
    β. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, υἱὸς θεοῦ (the) Son of God (for the phrase s. JosAs 6:2 al. Ἰωσὴφ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ; there is no undisputed evidence of usage as messianic title in pre-Christian Judaism [s. Dalman, Worte 219–24, Eng. tr. 268–89; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 53f; EHuntress, ‘Son of God’ in Jewish Writings Prior to the Christian Era: JBL 54, ’35, 117–23]; cp. 4Q 246 col. 2, 1 [JFitzmyer, A Wandering Aramean ’79, 90–93; JCollins, BRev IX/3, ’93, 34–38, 57]. Among polytheists on the other hand, sons of the gods in a special sense [s. Just., A I, 21, 1f] are not only known to myth and legend, but definite historical personalities are also designated as such. Among them are famous wise men such as Pythagoras and Plato [HUsener, Das Weihnachtsfest2 1911, 71ff], and deified rulers, above all the Roman emperors since the time of Augustus [oft. in ins and pap: Dssm., B 166f=BS 166f, LO 294f=LAE 346f; Thieme 33]. According to Memnon [I B.C./ I A.D.]: 434 Fgm. 1, 1, 1 Jac., Clearchus [IV B.C.] carried his boasting so far as Διὸς υἱὸν ἑαυτὸν ἀνειπεῖν. Also, persons who were active at that time as prophets and wonder-workers laid claim to the title υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, e.g. the Samaritan Dositheus in Origen, C. Cels. 6, 11; sim. an Indian wise man who calls himself Διὸς υἱός Arrian, Anab. 7, 2, 3; cp. Did., Gen. 213, 18 ὁ Ἀβρὰμ υἱὸς θεοῦ διὰ δικαιοσύνην. S. GWetter, ‘Der Sohn Gottes’ 1916; Hdb. exc. on J 1:34; s. also Clemen2 76ff; ENorden, Die Geburt des Kindes 1924, 75; 91f; 132; 156f; EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 1:11 [4th ed. ’50]; M-JLagrange, Les origines du dogme paulinien de la divinité de Christ: RB 45, ’36, 5–33; HPreisker, Ntl. Zeitgesch. ’37, 187–208; HBraun, ZTK 54, ’57, 353–64; ANock, ‘Son of God’ in Paul. and Hellen. Thought: Gnomon 33, ’61, 581–90 [=Essays on Religion and the Anc. World II, ’72, 928–39]—originality in Paul’s thought): Ps 2:7 is applied to Jesus υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε Lk 3:22 D; GEb 18, 37.—Ac 13:33; Hb 1:5a; 5:5; 1 Cl 36:4. Likew. Hos 11:1 (w. significant changes): Mt 2:15, and 2 Km 7:14: Hb 1:5b. The voice of God calls him ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός (s. ἀγαπητός 1) at his baptism Mt 3:17; Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; GEb 18, 37 and 39 and at the Transfiguration Mt 17:5; Mk 9:7; Lk 9:35 (here ἐκλελεγμένος instead of ἀγαπ.); 2 Pt 1:17. Cp. J 1:34. The angel at the Annunciation uses these expressions in referring to him: υἱὸς ὑψίστου Lk 1:32; GJs 11:3 and υἱὸς θεοῦ Lk 1:35 (Ar. 15, 1 ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου. Cp. Just., A I, 23, 2 μόνος ἰδίως υἱὸς τῷ θεῷ γεγέννηται). The centurion refers to him at the crucifixion as υἱὸς θεοῦ Mt 27:54; Mk 15:39; GPt 11:45; cp. vs. 46 (CMann, ET 20, 1909, 563f; JPobee, The Cry of the Centurion, A Cry of Defeat: CFDMoule Festschr. ’70, 91–102; EJohnson, JSNT 31, ’87, 3–22 [an indefinite affirmation of Jesus]). The high priest asks εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 26:63 (DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’71, 213–26). Passers-by ask him to show that he is God’s Son 27:40; sim. the devil 4:3, 6; Lk 4:3, 9. On the other hand, evil spirits address him as the Son of God Mt 8:29; Mk 3:11; 5:7; Lk 4:41; 8:28; and disciples testify that he is Mt 14:33; 16:16. S. also Mk 1:1 (s. SLegg, Ev. Sec. Marc. ’35).—Jesus also refers to himself as Son of God, though rarely apart fr. the Fourth Gosp.: Mt 28:19 (the Risen Lord in the trinitarian baptismal formula); Mt 21:37f=Mk 12:6 (an allusion in the parable of the vinedressers).—Mt 27:43; Mk 13:32; Rv 2:18. The main pass. is the so-called Johannine verse in the synoptics Mt 11:27=Lk 10:22 (s. PSchmiedel, PM 4, 1900,1–22; FBurkitt, JTS 12, 1911, 296f; HSchumacher, Die Selbstoffenbarung Jesu bei Mt 11:27 [Lk 10:22] 1912 [lit.]; Norden, Agn. Th. 277–308; JWeiss, Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 120–29, Urchristentum 1917, 87ff; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 45ff; EMeyer I 280ff; RBultmann, Gesch. d. synopt. Trad.2 ’31, 171f; MDibelius, Die Formgeschichte des Evangeliums2 ’33, 259; MRist, Is Mt 11:25–30 a Primitive Baptismal Hymn? JR 15, ’35, 63–77; TArvedson, D. Mysterium Christi: E. Studie zu Mt 11:25–30, ’37; WDavies, ‘Knowledge’ in the Dead Sea Scrolls and Mt 11:25–30, HTR 45, ’53, 113–39; WGrundmann, Sohn Gottes, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; JBieneck, Sohn Gottes als Christusbez. der Synopt. ’51; PWinter, Mt 11:27 and Lk 10:22: NovT 1, ’56, 112–48; JJocz, Judaica 13, ’57, 129–42; OMichel/OBetz, Von Gott Gezeugt, Beih. ZNW [Jeremias Festschr.] 26, ’60, 3–23 [Qumran]).—Apart fr. the synoptics, testimony to Jesus as the Son of God is found in many parts of our lit. Oft. in Paul: Ro 1:3, 4, 9; 5:10; 8:3, 29, 32; 1 Cor 1:9; 15:28; 2 Cor 1:19; Gal 1:16; 2:20; 4:4; Eph 4:13; Col 1:13; 1 Th 1:10. Cp. Ac 9:20. In Hb: 1:2, 8; 4:14; 5:8; 6:6; 7:3, 28; 10:29. In greatest frequency in John (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 6 the Λόγος as υἱὸς θεοῦ. Likew. Philo, Agr. 51 πρωτόγονος υἱός, Conf. Lingu. 146 υἱὸς θεοῦ.—Theoph. Ant. 2, 1 [p. 154, 12] ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν καὶ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ; Iren. 3, 12, 2 [Harv. II 55, 2]): J 1:49; 3:16–18 (s. μονογενής 2), 35f; 5:19–26; 6:40; 8:35f; 10:36; 11:4, 27; 14:13; 17:1; 19:7; 20:31; 1J 1:3, 7; 2:22–24; 3:8, 23; 4:9f, 14f; 5:5, 9–13, 20; 2J 3, 9.—B 5:9, 11; 7:2, 9; 12:8; 15:5; Dg 7:4; 9:2, 4; 10:2 (τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ; also ApcEsdr 6:16 p. 31, 22 Tdf.; ApcSed 9:1f); IMg 8:2; ISm 1:1; MPol 17:3; Hv 2, 2, 8; Hs 5, 2, 6 (ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀγαπητός); 8; 11; 5, 4, 1; 5, 5, 2; 3; 5; 5, 6, 1; 2; 4; 7 (on the Christology of the Shepherd s. Dibelius, Hdb. on Hs 5, also ALink and JvWalter [πνεῦμα 5cα]); Hs 8, 3, 2; 8, 11, 1. Cp. 9, 1, 1; 9, 12, 1ff.—In trinitarian formulas, in addition to Mt 28:19, also IMg 13:1; EpilMosq 5; D 7:1, 3.—The deceiver of the world appears w. signs and wonders ὡς υἱὸς θεοῦ D 16:4 (ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 28, 32 Tdf. ὁ λέγων• Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ [of Antichrist]).—EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 16–44; GVos, The Self-disclosure of Jesus 1926.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 404–17; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 211–36; MHengel, The Son of God (tr. JBowden) ’76; DJones, The Title υἱὸς θεοῦ in Acts: SBLSP 24, ’85, 451–63.
    γ. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου lit. ‘the son of the man’ (the pl. form οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων appears freq. in the LXX to render בְּנֵי אָדָם = mortals, e.g. Gen 11:5; Ps 10:4; 11:2; cp. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπολείας J 17:12 [s. 2cβ]) ‘the human being, the human one, the man’ in our lit. only as a byname in ref. to Jesus and in an exclusive sense the Human One, the Human Being, one intimately linked with humanity in its primary aspect of fragility yet transcending it, traditionally rendered ‘the Son of Man.’ The term is found predom. in the gospels, where it occurs in the synoptics about 70 times (about half as oft. if parallels are excluded), and in J 12 times (s. EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 8:31). In every case the title is applied by Jesus to himself. Nowhere within a saying or narrative about him is it found in an address to him: Mt 8:20; 9:6; 10:23; 11:19; 12:8, 32, 40; 13:37, 41; 16:13, 27f; 17:9, 12, 22; 18:10 [11] v.l.; 19:28; 20:18, 28; 24:27, 30, 37, 39, 44; 25:13 v.l., 31; 26:2, 24ab, 45, 64; Mk 2:10, 28; 8:31, 38; 9:9, 12, 31; 10:33, 45; 13:26; 14:21ab, 41, 62; Lk 5:24; 6:5, 22; 7:34; 9:22, 26, 44, 56 v.l., 58; 11:30; 12:8, 10, 40; 17:22, 24, 26, 30; 18:8, 31; 19:10; 21:27, 36; 22:22, 48, 69; 24:7.—John (FGrosheide, Υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρ. in het Evang. naar Joh.: TSt 35, 1917, 242–48; HDieckmann, D. Sohn des Menschen im J: Scholastik 2, 1927, 229–47; HWindisch, ZNW 30, ’31, 215–33; 31, ’32, 199–204; WMichaelis, TLZ 85, ’60, 561–78 [Jesus’ earthly presence]) 1:51; 3:13, 14; 5:27 (BVawter, Ezekiel and John, CBQ 26, ’64, 450–58); 6:27, 53, 62; 8:28; 9:35; 12:23, 34; 13:31. Whether the component of fragility (suggested by OT usage in ref. to the brief span of human life and the ills to which it falls heir) or high status (suggested by traditions that appear dependent on Da 7:13, which refers to one ‘like a human being’), or a blend of the two dominates a specific occurrence can be determined only by careful exegesis that in addition to extra-biblical traditions takes account of the total literary structure of the document in which it occurs. Much neglected in the discussion is the probability of prophetic association suggested by the form of address Ezk 2:1 al. (like the OT prophet [Ezk 3:4–11] Jesus encounters resistance).—On Israelite thought contemporary w. Jesus and alleged knowledge of a heavenly being looked upon as a ‘Son of Man’ or ‘Man’, who exercises Messianic functions such as judging the world (metaph., pictorial passages in En 46–48; 4 Esdr 13:3, 51f) s. Bousset, Rel.3 352–55; NMessel, D. Menschensohn in d. Bilderreden d. Hen. 1922; ESjöberg, Kenna 1 Henok och 4 Esra tanken på den lidande Människosonen? Sv. Ex. Årsb. 5, ’40, 163–83, D. Menschensohn im äth. Hen. ’46. This view is in some way connected w. Da 7:13; acc. to some it derives its real content fr. an eschatological tradition that ultimately goes back to Iran (WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 160–223; Reitzenstein, Erlösungsmyst. 119ff, ZNW 20, 1921, 18–22, Mysterienrel.3 418ff; Clemen2 72ff; CKraeling, Anthropos and Son of Man: A Study in the Religious Syncretism of the Hellenistic Orient 1927); acc. to this tradition the First Man was deified; he will return in the last times and usher in the Kingdom of God.—Outside the gospels: Ac 7:56 (v.l. τοῦ θεοῦ; GKilpatrick, TZ 21, ’65, 209); Rv 1:13; 14:14 (both after Da 7:13; sim. allusion to Da in Just., D. 31, 1). The quot. fr. Ps 8:5 in Hb 2:6 prob. does not belong here, since there is no emphasis laid on υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου. In IEph 20:2 Jesus is described as υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου καὶ υἱὸς θεοῦ. Differently B 12:10 Ἰησοῦς, οὐχὶ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἀλλὰ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Jesus, not a man’s son, but Son of God.—HLietzmann, Der Menschensohn 1896; Dalman, Worte 191–219 (Eng. tr., 234–67); Wlh., Einl.2 123–30; PFiebig, Der Menschensohn 1901; NSchmidt, The Prophet of Nazareth 1905, 94–134, Recent Study of the Term ‘Son of Man’: JBL 45, 1926, 326–49; FTillmann, Der Menschensohn 1907; EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 65ff; HHoltzmann, Das messianische Bewusstsein Jesu, 1907, 49–75 (lit.), Ntl. Theologie2 I 1911, 313–35; FBard, D. Sohn d. Menschen 1908; HGottsched, D. Menschensohn 1908; EAbbott, ‘The Son of Man’, etc., 1910; EHertlein, Die Menschensohnfrage im letzten Stadium 1911, ZNW 19, 1920, 46–48; JMoffatt, The Theology of the Gospels 1912, 150–63; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 5–22 (the titles of the works by Wernle and Althaus opposing his first edition [1913], as well as Bousset’s answer, are found s.v. κύριος, end); DVölter, Jesus der Menschensohn 1914, Die Menschensohnfrage neu untersucht 1916; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, 1922, 247–50; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919 (see also the works by the same author referred to above in this entry); EMeyer II 335ff; HGressmann, ZKG n.s. 4, 1922, 170ff, D. Messias 1929, 341ff; GDupont, Le Fils d’Homme 1924; APeake, The Messiah and the Son of Man 1924; MWagner, Der Menschensohn: NKZ 36, 1925, 245–78; Guillaume Baldensperger, Le Fils d’Homme: RHPR 5, 1925, 262–73; WBleibtreu, Jesu Selbstbez. als der Menschensohn: StKr 98/99, 1926, 164–211; AvGall, Βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ 1926; OProcksch, D. Menschensohn als Gottessohn: Christentum u. Wissensch. 3, 1927, 425–43; 473–81; CMontefiore, The Synoptic Gospels2 1927 I 64–80; ROtto, Reich Gottes u. Menschensohn ’34, Eng. tr. The Kgdm. of God and the Son of Man, tr. Filson and Woolf2 ’43; EWechssler, Hellas im Ev. ’36, 332ff; PParker, The Mng. of ‘Son of Man’: JBL 60, ’41, 151–57; HSharman, Son of Man and Kingdom of God ’43; JCampbell, The Origin and Mng. of the Term Son of Man: JTS 48, ’47, 145–55; HRiesenfeld, Jésus Transfiguré ’47, 307–13 (survey and lit.); TManson, ConNeot 11, ’47, 138–46 (Son of Man=Jesus and his disciples in Mk 2:27f); GDuncan, Jesus, Son of Man ’47, 135–53 (survey); JBowman, ET 59, ’47/48, 283–88 (background); MBlack, ET 60, ’48f, 11–15; 32–36; GKnight, Fr. Moses to Paul ’49, 163–72 (survey); TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 237–50; TManson (Da, En and gospels), BJRL 32, ’50, 171–93; TPreiss, Le Fils d’Homme: ÉThR 26/3, ’51, Life in Christ, ’54, 43–60; SMowinckel, He That Cometh, tr. Anderson, ’54, 346–450; GIber, Überlieferungsgesch. Unters. z. Begriff des Menschensohnes im NT, diss. Heidelb. ’53; ESjöberg, D. verborgene Menschensohn in den Ev. ’55; WGrundmann, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; HRiesenfeld, The Mythological Backgrd. of NT Christology, CHDodd Festschr. ’56, 81–95; PhVielhauer, Gottesreich u. Menschensohn in d. Verk. Jesu, GDehn Festschr. ’57, 51–79; ESidebottom, The Son of Man in J, ET 68, ’57, 231–35; 280–83; AHiggins, Son of Man- Forschung since (Manson’s) ‘The Teaching of Jesus’: NT Essays (TW Manson memorial vol.) ’59, 119–35; HTödt, D. Menschensohn in d. synopt. Überl. ’59 (tr. Barton ’65); JMuilenburg, JBL 79, ’60, 197–209 (Da, En); ESchweizer, JBL 79, ’60, 119–29 and NTS 9, ’63, 256–61; BvIersel, ‘Der Sohn’ in den synopt. Jesusworten, ’61 (community?); MBlack, BJRL 45, ’63, 305–18; FBorsch, ATR 45, ’63, 174–90; AHiggins, Jesus and the Son of Man, ’64; RFormesyn, NovT 8, ’66, 1–35 (barnasha=‘I’); SSandmel, HSilver Festschr. ’63, 355–67; JJeremias, Die älteste Schicht der Menschensohn-Logien, ZNW 58, ’67, 159–72; GVermes, MBlack, Aram. Approach3, ’67, 310–30; BLindars, The New Look on the Son of Man: BJRL 63, ’81, 437–62; WWalker, The Son of Man, Some Recent Developments CBQ 45, ’83, 584–607; JDonahue, Recent Studies on the Origin of ‘Son of Man’ in the Gospels, CBQ 48, ’86, 584–607; DBurkitt, The Nontitular Son of Man, A History and Critique: NTS 40, ’94 504–21 (lit.); JEllington, BT 40, ’89, 201–8; RGordon, Anthropos: 108–13.—B. 105; DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > υἱός

  • 5 εὐλογία

    εὐλογία, ας, ἡ (s. prec. two entries; Pind.+).
    act of speaking in favorable terms, praise (Pind., Thu. et al.; OGI 74 [III B.C.] θεοῦ εὐλογία. Θεύδοτος Ἰουδαῖος σωθεὶς ἐκ πελάγους; Sb 317; 1117; T. Kellis 22, 11f; Herm. Wr. 1, 30 εὐ. τ. πατρὶ θεῷ; 2 Esdr 19:5; Sir 50:20; Jos., Ant. 11, 80 εἰς θεόν) Rv 5:12f; 7:12.
    in an extended sense of ‘fine speaking’ (Pla., Rep. 3, 400d; Lucian, Lexiph. 1), ἐ. is used in a pejorative sense (Aesop 274 and 274b H.=155 P., 222 Ch., 160 H-H. uses the adj. εὔλογος of an argument that sounds good but is false; cp. Lucian, Abdic. 22) and specifically of words that are well chosen but untrue, false eloquence, flattery Ro 16:18 (v.l. εὐγλωττίας).
    act or benefit of blessing, blessing
    by which persons call down God’s grace upon other persons (opp. κατάρα, as Gen 27:12; Sir 3:9; Philo, Mos. 1, 283; Jos., Ant. 4, 302; TestBenj 6:5; JosAs 9:1) Js 3:10. Often the explanation of Hb 12:17 is thought to be given in Gen 27:38. Others place the passage under bα. ἡ εὐ. τοῦ Ζαχαρίου GJs 24:1.
    of God’s activity in blessing (Wsd 15:19; Sir 11:22 al.) 1 Cl 31:1. ὁδοὶ τ. εὐλογίας the ways of blessing i.e. those which God blesses, ibid.
    α. as benefit bestowed by God or Christ (Gen 49:25; Ex 32:29; Lev 25:21 al.; PsSol 5:17; JosAs 24:6) μεταλαμβάνει εὐλογίας shares the blessing Hb 6:7 (but s. 4 below). εὐ. πνευματική spiritual blessing Eph 1:3. εὐ. Χριστοῦ Ro 15:29; κληρονομεῖν τὴν εὐ. Hb 12:17 (s. a above); 1 Pt 3:9. εὐ. τοῦ Ἀβραάμ Gal 3:14 (cp. Gen 28:4). ἐσχάτην εὐ. ultimate/finest blessing GJs 6:2 (cp. Just., D. 91, 1 εὐλογίᾳ, ἥν εὐλόγει τὸν Ἰωσήφ; also s. εὐλογέω 3).
    β. in a special sense of divine benefit bestowed in the Eucharist: blessing (εὐλογέω 2b) τὸ ποτήριον τῆς εὐ. the cup that conveys blessing, defined as ‘sharing in the blood of Christ’ 1 Cor 10:16 (JosAs 8:11 καὶ πιέτω ποτήριον εὐλογίας σου; here a technical term for the cup of wine drunk at the close of an Israelite’s meal; HGressmann, Sellin Festschr. 1927, 55ff; ROtto, The Kingdom of God and the Son of Man, tr. FFilson and BLee-Woolf, ’57, 265ff).
    as benefit brought by humans (Gen 33:11; 1 Km 25:27; 4 Km 5:15.—Cyr. Scyth. uses εὐλογία=‘gift, bounty’ [from humans] without biblical influence: 68, 17 and 28; 217, 16; 238, 12; also εὐλογέω=bestow 137, 9) 2 Cor 9:5a; mng. 4 is in favor with some interpreters.
    Since the concept of blessing connotes the idea of bounty, εὐ. also bears the mng. generous gift, bounty (opp. πλεονεξία) 2 Cor 9:5b; perh. also 5a, s. 3c above. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (opp. φειδομένως) bountifully 9:6ab (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 210: ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις=in order that blessed influence might be felt). This may perh. be the place for Hb 6:7 (s. 3bα above) γῆ … μεταλαμβάνει εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τ. θεοῦ the earth receives rich bounty from God. RAC VI 900–928. JMateos, Análisis de un campo lexematico—Εὐλογία en el NT: Filologí a Neotestamentaria 1, ’88, 5–25; cp. Betz, 2 Cor 96–99, 103.—Renehan ’85, 73f. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εὐλογία

  • 6 ἡμέρα

    ἡμέρα, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.)
    the period betw. sunrise and sunset, day
    lit. (opp. νύξ; e.g. Ath. 24, 2 ἀντιδοξοῦντι … ὡς … τῇ ἡμέρᾳ νύξ) Mt 4:2 (fasting for 40 days and 40 nights as Ex 34:28. S. νύξ 1d.—Cp. JosAs 13:8 ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας καὶ ἑπτὰ νύκτας; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 1, 10 ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας κ. τὰς ἴσας νύκτας); 12:40 and oft. ἡμέρα γίνεται day is breaking (X., An. 2, 2, 13; 7, 2, 34; Appian, Iber. 74 §315; Jos., Ant. 10, 202, Vi. 405) Lk 4:42; 6:13; 22:66; Ac 12:18; 16:35; 27:29, 39. ἡμέρα διαυγάζει the day dawns 2 Pt 1:19. κλίνει declines, evening approaches Lk 9:12; 24:29 (cp. Just., D. 56, 16 ἡμέρα προκόπτει). φαίνει shines Rv 8:12. In the gen. to denote a point of time ἡμέρας in daylight (Hippocr., Ep. 19, 7; Arrian, Ind. 13, 6; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 1, 10) 1 Cl 25:4. ἡμέρας μέσης at midday, noon (Lucian, Nigr. 34; cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 190) Ac 26:13. But also, as in Thu. et al., of time within which someth. occurs, ἡμέρας during the day Rv 21:25. ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός (by) day and night (Appian, Liby. 121, §576; Arrian, Anab. 7, 11, 4; Jos., Ant. 11, 171; Just., D. 1, 4 διʼ ὅλης νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας; also in reverse order as Is 34:10) Mk 5:5; Lk 18:7; Ac 9:24; 1 Th 2:9; 3:10; 2 Th 3:8; AcPl Ha 2, 10; 3, 2. The acc. of time νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν (in this sequence Dio Chrys. 7 [8], 15; Ael. Aristid. 51, 1 K.=27 p. 534 D.; Esth 4:16; cp. νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν Mel., HE 4, 26, 5; Ath. 34, 3) (throughout the) day and (the) night Mk 4:27; Lk 2:37; Ac 20:31; 26:7. τὰς ἡμέρας every day (opp. τὰς νύκτας; cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 36; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 199) Lk 21:37; cp. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν (throughout) every day Ac 5:42 (cp. Hdt. 7, 203, 1). τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην (throughout) that day (Ael. Aristid. 49, 45 K.) J 1:39. ὅλην τ. ἡμ. (Jos., Ant. 6, 22) Mt 20:6. The acc. in a distributive sense συμφωνεῖν ἐκ δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν on a denarius a day Mt 20:2 (s. Meisterhans3-Schw. 205; pap in Mlt., ClR 15, 1901, 436; 18, 1904, 152). ἡμέρας ὁδός a day’s journey Lk 2:44 (cp. X., An. 2, 2, 12; Gen 31:23; 1 Macc 5:24; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 21; 23). Daylight lasts for twelve hours, during which a person can walk without stumbling J 11:9ab. ἡ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφή reveling in broad daylight 2 Pt 2:13.
    fig. (SibOr 5, 241) Christians as υἱοὶ φωτὸς καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας children of light and of the day 1 Th 5:5; cp. vs. 8 (in contrast, Aristoph., Fgm. 573 K. calls Chaerephon, the friend of Socrates νυκτὸς παῖδα, in a derogatory sense). In J 9:4 day denotes the period of human life; cp. Ro 13:12f.
    civil or legal day, including the night, day Mt 6:34; 15:32; Mk 6:21; Lk 13:14; B 15:3ff. Opp. hours Mt 25:13; hours, months, years Rv 9:15; cp. Gal 4:10.
    In the gen., answering the question, how long? (Nicostrat. Com., Fgm. 5 K. ἡμερῶν τριῶν ἤδη=now for three days; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 13 W. τριῶν ἡμ.; BGU 37, 7 [50 A.D.]; 249, 11 [70–80 A.D.] ἡμερῶν δύο διαμένομεν) τεσσεράκοντα ἡμερῶν during 40 days Ac 1:3 D*. ἑκάστης ἡμέρας each day AcPl Ha 6, 8 (cp. ILegGort 1, 9 of a fine τᾶς ἁμέρας ϝεκάστας ‘for each day’, on the gen. Buck, Dialects §170; Just., D. 2, 6 al.)—In the dat., answering the quest., when? (X., An. 4, 7, 8; Jdth 7:6; Esth 7:2; Bel 40 Theod.; JosAs 11:1; Just., A I, 67, 7 al.) τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (cp. Arrian, Anab. 6, 4, 1 τρίτῃ ἡμ.; AscIs 3:16 τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμ.; JosAs 29:8; Just., D. 100, 1 al., cp. D. 85, 6 τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἡμ.) Mt 16:21; 17:23; Lk 9:22; 24:7, 46; 1 Cor 15:4. ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ on the day on which (PLille 15, 1 [242 B.C.] ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ; 1 Esdr 1:49; Jos., Ant. 20, 26) Lk 17:29; cp. vs. 30. μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ in (the course of) one day (Appian, Iber. 58 §244) 1 Cor 10:8.
    In the acc., usu. answering the quest., how long? (X., An. 4, 7, 18; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 26 p. 410, 30 Jac. τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην=throughout that day; Polyaenus 6, 53 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Arrian, Anab. 6, 2, 3; Lucian, Alex. 15 ἡμέρας=several days; Philo, Vi. Cont. 30 τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας; JosAs 10:20 τὰς ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας) ὅλην τ. ἡμέραν the whole day long Ro 8:36 (Ps 43:23), 10:21 (Is 65:2). ἡμέραν μίαν for one day Ac 21:7 (Just., D. 12, 3). ἔμειναν οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας J 2:12; cp. 4:40; 11:6; Ac 9:19; 10:48; 16:12; 20:6c; 21:4, 10; Gal 1:18; Rv 11:3, 9. ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day (Ps.-Euripides, Rhes. 445f, Henioch. 5, 13 Kock; Gen 39:10; Num 30:15; Is 58:2; Ps 95:2; Sir 5:7; En) 2 Pt 2:8; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.; s. also e below, end). Only rarely does the acc. answer the quest., when? (Antiphanes Com. [IV B.C.] Fgm. 280; Ps.-Lucian, Halc. 3 τρίτην ἡμ.) τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς on the Day of Pentecost Ac 20:16. Peculiar is the expr. τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν προσδοκῶντες this is the fourteenth day you have been waiting Ac 27:33 (cp. X., An. 4, 5, 24 ἐνάτην ἡμέραν γεγαμημένην).—ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας seven times a day Lk 17:4.
    Used w. prep.: ἀπό w. gen. from … (on) Mt 22:46; J 11:53; Ac 20:18. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας (PRev 9, 1 [258 B.C.]; PsSol 18:11f; EpArist 24) Col 1:6, 9; Hm 4, 4, 3. ἀπὸ … ἄχρι … Phil 1:5. ἀπὸ … μέχρι … Ac 10:30. ἄχρι w. gen. until Mt 24:38b; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2; 2:29. ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε five days later Ac 20:6b. μέχρι τῆς σήμερον (ἡμέρας) up to the present day (1 Esdr 8:74) Mt 28:15. ἕως τ. ἡμέρας Mt 27:64; Ac 1:22; Ro 11:8 (Dt 29:3; Just., D. 134, 5 ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμ.; for this Ath. 2, 1 εἰς … τὴν σήμερον ἡμ.). διʼ ἡμερῶν after (several) days Mk 2:1 (cp. Hdt. 6, 118, 3 διʼ ἐτέων εἴκοσι; Thu. 2, 94, 3; Pla., Hipp. Maj. 281a διὰ χρόνου=after a [long] time). διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν within three days (PPetr II, 4 [6], 8 διʼ ἡμερῶν ε´=in the course of 5 days) Mt 26:61; Mk 14:58. διʼ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα Ac 1:3 (s. διά A 2a). διὰ τ. ἡμέρας in the course of the day Lk 9:37 D εἰς τ. ἡμέραν for the day (PPetr III, 95 col. 2, 6 [III B.C.]) J 12:7; Rv 9:15; εἰς ἡμέρας μ´ 40 days long AcPl Ha 6, 11. ἐν τῇ ἡμ. in the daytime J 11:9b. ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν one day Lk 5:17; 8:22; 20:1. ἐν on w. dat. sing. Mt 24:50; Lk 1:59; 13:31 v.l. (Just., D. 29, 3 ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμ.; 111, 3 ἐν ἡμ. τοῦ πάσχα); J 5:9; Hb 4:4 (cp. Gen 2:2); AcPl Ha 3, 9. In, within w. dat. pl. (Alexis Com. 246, 2 K. ἐν πένθʼ ἡμέραις; Philo, Somn. 2, 112; TestJob 30:4; JosAs 21:7 ἐν ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἡμέραις τοῦ γάμου) ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (PTebt 14, 5 [114 B.C.]; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 17 p. 111, 26 W.; TestJob 24:9; EpArist 24) Mt 27:40; Mk 15:29; J 2:19f.—ἐπί w. acc. over a period of ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (PTurin I, 2, 15 [116 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱκανὰς ἡμ.; Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31; cp. 27:20; ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμ. (Jos., Ant. 18, 57) 16:18; cp. Hb 11:30. καθʼ ἡμέραν every day (Hyperid. 6, 23; 26; Polyb. 1, 57, 7; 4, 18, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 36, 7 and 8; 2, 47, 2 al.; SIG 656, 22; UPZ 42, 13 [162 B.C.]; PGiss 17, 1; Tob 10:7; Sus 8 and 12 Theod.; 1 Macc 8:15; EpArist 304; Jos., Bell. 2, 265, Ant. 20, 205; Ar. [POxy 1778, 27]; Just., D. 39, 2 al.) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49 (‘by day’: AArgyle, ET 63, ’51/52, 354); Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; 2 Cor 11:28; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also (w. optional art., s. B-D-F §160; Rob. 766) τὸ καθʼ ἡμ. (Aristoph., Equ. 1126; Pla.; Polyb. 4, 18, 2; POxy 1220, 4; TestJob 14:2; but simply καθʼ ἡμ. Ac 2:45 D) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l.; καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμ. every day (X., Mem. 4, 2, 12, Equ. 5, 9; PTebt 412, 2; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 327, 18; Ex 5:8; Esth 2:11; Job 1:4; Bel 4:6; PsSol 18:11; GrBar 8:4) Hb 3:13. κατὰ πᾶσαν ἡμ. w. same mng. (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:17. μεθʼ ἡμέρας ἕξ six days later (PSI 502, 16 [257 B.C.] μεθʼ ἡμέρας ιβ´; 436, 3 [Just., D. 27, 5 μετὰ μίαν ἡμ. al.]) Mt 17:1; cp. 26:2; 27:63; Mk 8:31; Lk 1:24; J 4:43; 20:26; Ac 1:5; 15:36; 24:1; 28:13; AcPl Ha 1, 33; 11, 8; AcPlCor 2:30. πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα six days before the Passover J 12:1 (not a Latinism, since it is found as early as Hippocr. πρὸ τριῶν ἡμερῶν τῆς τελευτῆς [WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 15; Rydbeck 64f]; cp. Plut., Symp. 8, 717d; Lucian, De Morte Peregr. 1; Aelian, HA 11, 19; mystery ins of Andania [SIG 736, 70 πρὸ ἁμερᾶν δέκα τῶν μυστηρίων]; PFay 118, 15; PHolm 4, 23; PGM 13, 26; 671; Am 1:1; 2 Macc 15:36; Jos., Ant. 15, 408; Just., D. 27, 5; s. WSchmid, D. Attizismus III 1893, 287f; IV 1897, 629; Mlt. 100f; B-D-F §213).—It is striking to find the nom. denoting time in the expression ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; cp. Lk 9:28 (s. B-D-F §144; Rob. 460).
    Of festive days: ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν σαββάτων (σάββατον 1bβ) or τοῦ σαββάτου (σάββ. 1a) Lk 4:16; 13:14b, 16; J 19:31; Ac 13:14 (Just., D. 27, 5). ἡ ἡμέρα or αἱ ἡμέραι τ. ἀζύμων Lk 22:7; Ac 12:3; 20:6. ἡ ἡμέρα τ. πεντηκοστῆς Ac 2:1; 20:16. μεγάλη ἡμέρα the great day (of atonement) PtK 2 p. 14, 29. In gen. of a Judean festival GJs 1:2; 2:2 (the author no longer has a clear understanding of the precise festival signified by the term; s. Amann and deStrycker on 1:2). ἡ κυριακὴ ἡμέρα the Lord’s Day, Sunday Rv 1:10 (cp. Just. A I, 67, 7 τὴν … τοῦ ἡλίου ἡμέραν). Festive days are spoken of in the foll. passages: ὸ̔ς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρʼ ἡμέραν, ὸ̔ς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν one person considers one day better than another, another considers every day good Ro 14:5. φρονεῖν τ. ἡμέραν concern oneself w. (= observe) the day vs. 6. ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθαι observe days Gal 4:10.—Used w. gen. to denote what happens or is to be done on the day in question ἡμ. τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ Ac 21:26. τ. ἐνταφιασμοῦ day of burial J 12:7. ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραήλ Lk 1:80 (s. ἀνάδειξις).
    OT terminology is reflected in the expr. fulfilling of the days (Ex 7:25; 1 Ch 17:11; Tob 10:1b; cp. מָלֵא) ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμ. τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ the days of his service came to an end Lk 1:23. ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμ. ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν the eighth day, on which he was to be circumcised, had come 2:21; cp. vs. 22. S. ἐκπλήρωσις, συμπληρόω, συντελέω, τελέω, τελειόω. The Hebr. has also furnished the expr. ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ day after day (Esth 3:4 יוֹם וָיוֹם=LXX καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν; יוֹם יוֹם Ps 68:20=LXX 67:20 ἡμέραν καθʼ ἡμέραν) 2 Cor 4:16; GJs 6:1.—ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας (rather oft. in the OT for various Hebr. expressions, but also in Henioch. Com. 5, 13 K.) day after day 2 Pt 2:8; prophetic quot. of unknown origin 2 Cl 11:2. ἡμέρᾳ ἀφʼ ἡμέρας GJs 12:3.
    a day appointed for very special purposes, day (UPZ 66, 5 [153 B.C.] ἡ ἡμ.=the wedding day; ins in ÖJh 64, ’95, p. 74 of a commemorative day for the founder of Ephesus τῇ τοῦ Ἀνδρόκλου ἡμέρᾳ), e.g. of childbirth J 16:21 v.l.
    τακτῇ ἡμέρᾳ Ac 12:21. ἡμέραν τάξασθαι (Polyb. 18, 19, 1) 28:23. στῆσαι (Dionys. Hal. 6, 48) 17:31. ὁρίζειν (Polyb., Dionys. Hal.; Epict., Ench. 51, 1) Hb 4:7; Hv 2, 2, 5. Of the day of the census (s. Lk 2:1) αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου GJs 17:1. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, ᾗ ἔμελλεν θηριομαχῖν ὁ Παῦλος AcPl Ha 3, 9.
    esp. of a day of judgment, fixed by a judge
    α. ἀνθρωπίνη ἡμ. a day appointed by a human court 1 Cor 4:3 (cp. the ins on a coin amulet [II/III A.D.] where these words are transl. ‘human judgment’ by CBonner, HTR 43, ’50, 165–68). This expr. is formed on the basis of ἡμ. as designating
    β. the day of God’s final judgment (s. ὥρα 3). ᾗ ἡμ. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται the day on which the Human One (Son of Man) reveals himself Lk 17:30; ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμ. 2 Pt 3:12. ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τοῦ θεοῦ τ. παντοκράτορος Rv 16:14. ἡμ. κυρίου (Jo 1:15; 2:1, 11; Is 13:6, 9 al.) occurring only once in the NT of the day of God, the Lord, in an OT quot. πρὶν ἐλθεῖν ἡμ. κυρίου τ. μεγάλην κ. ἐπιφανῆ Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4; cp. JosAs 14:2). Otherw. Jesus Christ is the Lord of this day: 1 Cor 5:5; 1 Th 5:2 (P-ÉLangevin, Jesus Seigneur, ’67, 107–67; GHolland, SBLSP 24, ’85, 327–41); 2 Th 2:2; 2 Pt 3:10. He is oft. mentioned by name or otherw. clearly designated, e.g. as υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρώπου, Lk 17:24; 1 Cor 1:8; 2 Cor 1:14; Phil 1:6, 10; 2:16. ἡ ἐσχάτη ἡμ. the last day (of this age) (s. ἔσχατος 2b) J 6:39f, 44, 54; 11:24; 12:48; Hv 2, 2, 5. ἡμ. (τῆς) κρίσεως (Pr 6:34; Jdth 16:17; PsSol 15:12; En; GrBar 1:7; cp. TestLevi 3:2, 3; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4) Mt 10:15; 11:22, 24; 12:36; 2 Pt 2:9; 3:7; 1J 4:17; 2 Cl 17:6; B 19:10. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὄτε κρίνει ὁ θεὸς διὰ Χρ. Ἰ. the day on which … Ro 2:16 (RBultmann, TLZ 72, ’47, 200f considers this a gloss). ἡμ. ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ θεοῦ 2:5 (ἡμ. ὀργῆς as Zeph 1:15, 18; 2:3; Ezk 7:19 v.l.; cp. Rv 6:17). ἡ ἡμ. ἡ μεγάλη (Jer 37:7; Mal 3:22) Rv 6:17; 16:14. ἡμ. μεγάλη καὶ θαυμαστή B 6:4. ἡμ. ἀπολυτρώσεως Eph 4:30. ἡμ. ἐπισκοπῆς (s. ἐπισκοπή 1a and b) 1 Pt 2:12. ἡμ. ἀνταποδόσεως B 14:9 (Is 61:2); ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμ. (Zeph 1:15; Am 9:11; Zech 12:3f; Is 10:20; Jer 37:7f) Mt 7:22; Lk 6:23; 10:12; 21:34; 2 Th 1:10; 2 Ti 1:12, 18; 4:8; AcPlCor 2:32. Perh. ἡμ. σφαγῆς (cp. Jer 12:3; En 16:1) Js 5:5 belongs here (s. σφαγή). Abs. ἡμ. 1 Cor 3:13; Hb 10:25; B 7:9; 21:3; cp. 1 Th 5:4.—ἡμέρα αἰῶνος (Sir 18:10) day of eternity 2 Pt 3:18 is also eschatological in mng.; it means the day on which eternity commences, or the day which itself constitutes eternity. In the latter case the pass. would belong to the next section.
    an extended period, time (like יוֹם, but not unknown among the Greeks: Soph., Aj. 131; 623; Eur., Ion 720; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 13, 1389b, 33f; PAmh 30, 43 [II B.C.] ἡμέρας αἰτοῦσα=‘she asked for time’, or ‘a respite’)
    in sg. ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ τ. πονηρᾷ when the times are evil (unless the ref. is to the final judgment) Eph 6:13. ἐν ἡμ. σωτηρίας of the salutary time that has come for Christians 2 Cor 6:2 (Is 49:8). Of the time of the rescue fr. Egypt ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπιλαβομένου μου τ. χειρὸς αὐτῶν at the time when I took them by the hand Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32; on the constr. cp. Bar 2:28 and B-D-F §423, 5; Rob. 514). ἐν ἐκείνῃ τ. ἡμέρᾳ at that time Mk 2:20b; J 14:20; 16:23, 26. τ. ἡμέραν τ. ἐμήν my time (era) 8:56. ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ αὐτοῦ ἡμέρᾳ in his (Abraham’s) last days GJs 1:3.
    chiefly in the pl. αἱ ἡμέραι of time of life or activity, w. gen. of pers. (1 Km 17:12 A; 2 Km 21:1; 3 Km 10:21; Esth 1:1s; Sir 46:7; 47:1; ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ En 12:2; ἡμέραι ἃς ἦτε 102:5 and oft.) ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου Mt 2:1; Lk 1:5; Νῶε 17:26a; 1 Pt 3:20; Ἠλίου Lk 4:25. ἐν ταῖς ἡμ. τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου 17:26b; cp. Mt 23:30. ἀπὸ τ. ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου Mt 11:12. ἕως τ. ἡμερῶν Δαυίδ Ac 7:45; cp. 13:41 (Hab 1:5). W. gen. of thing ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως time of vengeance Lk 21:22; τ. ἀπογραφῆς Ac 5:37; cp. Rv 10:7; 11:6. ἐν τ. ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ in the time of his appearance in the flesh Hb 5:7.—ἡμέραι πονηραί corrupt times Eph 5:16; cp. B 2:1; 8:6. ἡμ. ἀγαθαί happy times (Artem. 4, 8) 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:13). ἀφʼ ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων Ac 15:7; αἱ πρότερον ἡμ. Hb 10:32. πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας all the time, always Mt 28:20 (cp. Dt 4:40; 5:29; PsSol 14:4). νῦν τ. ἡμέραις at the present time Hs 9, 20, 4. ἐν (ταῖς) ἐσχάταις ἡμ. Ac 2:17; 2 Ti 3:1; Js 5:3; B 4:9; D 16:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τ. ἡμερῶν τούτων Hb 1:2; cp. 2 Pt 3:3; GJs 7:2. ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐκείναις at that time Mt 3:1; 24:19, 38; Mk 1:9; Lk 2:1; 4:2b; 5:35b. ἐν τ. ἡμ. ταύταις at this time Lk 1:39; 6:12; Ac 1:15. εἰς ταύτας τ. ἡμέρας w. respect to our time (opp. πάλαι) Hs 9, 26, 6. πρὸ τούτων τ. ἡμερῶν before this (time) Ac 5:36; 21:38; πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμ. for a short time Hb 12:10; ἐλεύσονται ἡμ. there will come a time: w. ὅταν foll. Mt 9:15; Mk 2:20a; Lk 5:35a; w. ὅτε foll. Lk 17:22 (Just., D. 40, 2). ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπί σε καί a time is coming upon you when Lk 19:43. ἡμ. ἔρχονται καί Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31). ἐλεύσονται ἡμ. ἐν αἷς Lk 21:6; 23:29.—Esp. of time of life πάσαις τ. ἡμέραις ἡμῶν for our entire lives Lk 1:75. πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ all his life GJs 4:1 (cp. En 103:5; TestJob 46:9). μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων without either beginning or end of life Hb 7:3. προβεβηκὼς ἐν ταῖς ἡμ. advanced in years Lk 1:7, 18; cp. 2:36 (s. Gen 18:11; 24:1; Josh 13:1; 23:1; 3 Km 1:1; προβαίνω 2).—B. 991. DELG s.v. ἦμαρ. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἡμέρα

  • 7 Watt, James

    [br]
    b. 19 January 1735 Greenock, Renfrewshire, Scotland
    d. 19 August 1819 Handsworth Heath, Birmingham, England
    [br]
    Scottish engineer and inventor of the separate condenser for the steam engine.
    [br]
    The sixth child of James Watt, merchant and general contractor, and Agnes Muirhead, Watt was a weak and sickly child; he was one of only two to survive childhood out of a total of eight, yet, like his father, he was to live to an age of over 80. He was educated at local schools, including Greenock Grammar School where he was an uninspired pupil. At the age of 17 he was sent to live with relatives in Glasgow and then in 1755 to London to become an apprentice to a mathematical instrument maker, John Morgan of Finch Lane, Cornhill. Less than a year later he returned to Greenock and then to Glasgow, where he was appointed mathematical instrument maker to the University and was permitted in 1757 to set up a workshop within the University grounds. In this position he came to know many of the University professors and staff, and it was thus that he became involved in work on the steam engine when in 1764 he was asked to put in working order a defective Newcomen engine model. It did not take Watt long to perceive that the great inefficiency of the Newcomen engine was due to the repeated heating and cooling of the cylinder. His idea was to drive the steam out of the cylinder and to condense it in a separate vessel. The story is told of Watt's flash of inspiration as he was walking across Glasgow Green one Sunday afternoon; the idea formed perfectly in his mind and he became anxious to get back to his workshop to construct the necessary apparatus, but this was the Sabbath and work had to wait until the morrow, so Watt forced himself to wait until the Monday morning.
    Watt designed a condensing engine and was lent money for its development by Joseph Black, the Glasgow University professor who had established the concept of latent heat. In 1768 Watt went into partnership with John Roebuck, who required the steam engine for the drainage of a coal-mine that he was opening up at Bo'ness, West Lothian. In 1769, Watt took out his patent for "A New Invented Method of Lessening the Consumption of Steam and Fuel in Fire Engines". When Roebuck went bankrupt in 1772, Matthew Boulton, proprietor of the Soho Engineering Works near Birmingham, bought Roebuck's share in Watt's patent. Watt had met Boulton four years earlier at the Soho works, where power was obtained at that time by means of a water-wheel and a steam engine to pump the water back up again above the wheel. Watt moved to Birmingham in 1774, and after the patent had been extended by Parliament in 1775 he and Boulton embarked on a highly profitable partnership. While Boulton endeavoured to keep the business supplied with capital, Watt continued to refine his engine, making several improvements over the years; he was also involved frequently in legal proceedings over infringements of his patent.
    In 1794 Watt and Boulton founded the new company of Boulton \& Watt, with a view to their retirement; Watt's son James and Boulton's son Matthew assumed management of the company. Watt retired in 1800, but continued to spend much of his time in the workshop he had set up in the garret of his Heathfield home; principal amongst his work after retirement was the invention of a pantograph sculpturing machine.
    James Watt was hard-working, ingenious and essentially practical, but it is doubtful that he would have succeeded as he did without the business sense of his partner, Matthew Boulton. Watt coined the term "horsepower" for quantifying the output of engines, and the SI unit of power, the watt, is named in his honour.
    [br]
    Principal Honours and Distinctions
    FRS 1785. Honorary LLD, University of Glasgow 1806. Foreign Associate, Académie des Sciences, Paris 1814.
    Further Reading
    H.W.Dickinson and R Jenkins, 1927, James Watt and the Steam Engine, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
    L.T.C.Rolt, 1962, James Watt, London: B.T. Batsford.
    R.Wailes, 1963, James Watt, Instrument Maker (The Great Masters: Engineering Heritage, Vol. 1), London: Institution of Mechanical Engineers.
    IMcN

    Biographical history of technology > Watt, James

  • 8 extension

    1) (an added part: He built an extension to his house; a two-day extension to the holiday; He has telephone extensions (= telephones) in every bedroom.) extensión, ampliación
    2) ((a program by which) part of a university located somewhere else offers courses to people who are not fulltime students.) subsede, sucursal
    3) (the process of extending.) extensión
    4) (a telephone that operates on the same line as another: They have a phone in the living-room and an extension in the bedroom.) extensión
    1. anexo / ampliación
    2. extensión


    extensión sustantivo femenino 1
    a) ( superficie):
    una gran extensión de terreno a large expanse o stretch of land;
    una extensión de 20 hectáreas an area of 20 hectares por extensión by extension 2 (grado, importancia) extent; 3 ( línea telefónica) extension
    extensión sustantivo femenino
    1 extension (de un escrito, de tiempo) length (de un territorio, superficie) area
    2 (ampliación) extension (difusión) spreading
    3 (de una línea telefónica, un edificio) extension ' extensión' also found in these entries: Spanish: ampliación - extensor - extensora - prolongación - prórroga - superficie - supletoria - supletorio - terrena - terreno - vasta - vasto - zona - alargador - anexo - césped - interno - llano - pasto - playa - por - vida English: area - cover - expanse - expansive - extended - extension - extension cable - extension cord - extent - from - long - sheet - sprawl - spread - stretch - sweep - tract - further - length
    tr[ɪk'stenʃən]
    1 (widening) ampliación nombre femenino, extensión nombre femenino
    2 (of line, road, etc) prolongación nombre femenino
    3 (of time) prórroga, prolongación nombre femenino
    4 (of school, hospital, etc) anexo; (of house) ampliación nombre femenino
    the house is too small, we need an extension la casa es demasiado pequeña, nos hace falta un anexo
    extension 241, please con la extensión 241 por favor
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    by extension por extensión
    extension ladder escalera extensible
    extension lead alargador nombre masculino, alargadera, extensión nombre femenino
    extension [ɪk'stɛnʧən, ɛk-] n
    1) extending: extensión f, ampliación f, prórroga f, prolongación f
    2) annex: ampliación f, anexo m
    3) : extensión f (de teléfono)
    n.
    alargadera s.f.
    alargamiento s.m.
    ampliación s.f.
    ceja s.f.
    ensanchamiento s.m.
    ensanche s.m.
    extensión (Teléfono) s.f.
    línea telefónica sf s.m.
    prolongación s.f.
    prórroga s.f.
    ɪk'stentʃən, ɪk'stenʃən
    1)
    a) u (of power, meaning) extensión f, ampliación f
    b) u c ( lengthening) prolongación f; ( of deadline) prórroga f, extensión f
    2) c ( to building) ampliación f
    3) c ( Telec)
    a) ( line) extensión f, interno m (RPl), anexo m (Chi)
    b) ( telephone) supletorio m
    4) u ( Educ) (before n) < course> de extensión universitaria
    [ɪks'tenʃǝn]
    1.
    N (=act, part added) extensión f ; [of powers] ampliación f ; [of building] ampliación f ; [of road, stay, visit] prolongación f ; [of term, contract, credit] prórroga f ; (Telec) extensión, interno m (S. Cone), anexo m (S. Cone)

    extension three one three seven, please — con la extensión tres uno tres siete, por favor

    2.
    CPD

    extension cable N, extension cord (US) Nalargador m, alargadera f

    extension courses NPLcursos externos organizados por una universidad

    extension ladder Nescalera f extensible

    extension lead N — (Elec) alargador m, alargadera f

    extension number N(número m de) extensión f or (Arg, Uru) interno m or (Chile, Peru) anexo m

    * * *
    [ɪk'stentʃən, ɪk'stenʃən]
    1)
    a) u (of power, meaning) extensión f, ampliación f
    b) u c ( lengthening) prolongación f; ( of deadline) prórroga f, extensión f
    2) c ( to building) ampliación f
    3) c ( Telec)
    a) ( line) extensión f, interno m (RPl), anexo m (Chi)
    b) ( telephone) supletorio m
    4) u ( Educ) (before n) < course> de extensión universitaria

    English-spanish dictionary > extension

  • 9 más

    conj.
    but.
    * * *
    1 but
    * * *
    conj.
    * * *
    CONJ but
    * * *
    conjunción (liter) but
    * * *
    = extra, more, plus, topmost [top most].
    Ex. Each step of subdivision involves an extra character (see below).
    Ex. The command function 'MORE' is used to request the system to display more information, for instance to continue the alphabetical display of terms.
    Ex. All of these (except PREVIOUS and NEXT), plus some additional commands are also available from the Command Menu.
    Ex. A list of the topmost cited papers of the Proceedings is presented.
    ----
    * acercarse aun más = bring + closer together, come closer together, draw + closer together.
    * acercarse más aun = bring + closer together, come closer together, draw + closer together.
    * ahora más que nunca = now more than ever.
    * alcanzar cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights.
    * algo más = anything else.
    * algunos años más tarde = some years on.
    * a más largo plazo = longer-term.
    * a más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * a más tardar = at the latest.
    * análisis más minucioso = closer examination.
    * aprender de la forma más difícil = learn + the hard way.
    * aún más = Verbo + further, even further, all the more, further, furthermore, beyond that, a fortiori.
    * bastante más = rather more.
    * cada vez más = ever-growing, ever-increasing, increasingly, more and more, progressively, ever more, mushrooming, ever greater, in increasing numbers, increasing.
    * cada vez más abultado = swelling.
    * cada vez más alto = constantly rising, steadily rising, steadily growing.
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * cada vez más estricto = tightening.
    * cada vez más extendido = spreading.
    * cada vez más fácil = ever easier.
    * cada vez más lejos = further and further.
    * cada vez más rápido = ever faster.
    * cada vez más tenue = fading.
    * cada vez más viejo = aging [ageing].
    * citado más arriba = above.
    * con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con más antigüedad = longest-serving.
    * con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con más frecuencia = most frequently.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].
    * con un filo más pronunciado = sharper-edged.
    * correr más deprisa que = outrun [out-run].
    * costumbre cada vez más frecuente = growing practice.
    * cuanto más = all the more so, all the more, a fortiori.
    * cuanto más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * cuantos más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * cuya fecha se anunciará más adelante = at a time to be announced later.
    * cuya fecha se determinará más adelante = at a time to be determined later.
    * dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.
    * dar más de sí = go further.
    * dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.
    * darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way .
    * de lo más = very.
    * de lo más + Adjetivo = most + Adjetivo.
    * demandar cada vez más enérgicamente = build + pressure, build + pressure.
    * de más = extra, one too many.
    * de más arriba = topmost [top most].
    * desarrollar aun más = develop + further.
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * de una manera más sencilla = in digestible form.
    * dicho más arriba, lo = foregoing, the.
    * distanciar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.
    * durante las horas de más calor = during the heat of the day.
    * durar más que = outlive.
    * el más = all-time.
    * el más adecuado = ideally suited.
    * el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.
    * el más allá = hereafter.
    * el más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.
    * el más leído = the most widely read.
    * el más recomendado = best of breed, the.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * enfrascado en lo más difícil = in at the deep end.
    * enfrascar a Alguien de lleno en lo más difícil = throw in + at the deep end, throw in + at the deep end.
    * enfrascarse en lo más difícil = swim in + the deep end, jump in at + the deep end.
    * en lo más mínimo = not in the least + Nombre Negativo.
    * en más de una ocasión = on more than one occasion, in more than one instance, in more than one occasion.
    * en más de un sentido = in more ways than one.
    * en su forma más básica = at its most basic.
    * en su nivel más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en su punto más álgido = at its height.
    * en su punto más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en tiempos más recientes = in more recent times.
    * en un futuro más o menos cercano = in the near future, in the near future.
    * en un período más o menos lejano = in the near future, in the near future.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * es más = more important, moreover.
    * examen más minucioso = closer examination.
    * examinar más detenidamente = look + closer, take + a closer look at, take + a close look.
    * examinar más minuciosamente = examine + in greater detail.
    * explicar un Tema con más detalle = expand upon/on + Tema.
    * forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.
    * ganar cada vez más importancia = go from + strength to strength.
    * gastar más de la cuenta = overspend.
    * gastarse más dinero = dig + deep.
    * haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hacerse cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * hacerse más complejo = grow in + complexity, gain in + complexity.
    * hacerse más corto = grow + shorter.
    * hacerse más fuerte = gain in + strength, grow in + strength.
    * hacerse más inteligente = smarten up.
    * herir en lo más profundo = cut to + the heart of, cut to + the quick.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * incluso yendo más lejos = even farther afield.
    * invertir más dinero = dig + deep.
    * ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir más allá = go + one stage further.
    * ir más allá de = go beyond, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.
    * ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * ir más lejos = go + one stage further.
    * ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.
    * ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * ley del más fuerte, la = law of the jungle, the, survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * libro más vendido = bestseller [best seller/best-seller].
    * lista de más populares = chart.
    * lista de más vendidos = chart.
    * llegar más lejos = stretch + further.
    * llevar aún más lejos = carry + one step further.
    * llevar + Nombre + aún más lejos = take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más destacado = highlights.
    * lo más detestado = pet hate.
    * lo más importante = most of all.
    * lo más interesante = highlights.
    * lo más mínimo = so much as.
    * lo más novedoso = the last word.
    * lo más odiado = pet hate.
    * lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más probable es que = most probably.
    * lo más recio de = brunt of, the.
    * lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.
    * lo que es más = what is more, what's more.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, most of all, more importantly, most important.
    * los más necesitados = those most in need.
    * más acomodados, los = better off, the.
    * más adelante = later, further along, later on, in due time, at a later date.
    * más afilado que una navaja = as sharp as a knife.
    * más afilado que un cuchillo = as sharp as a knife.
    * más alegre que unas castañuelas = as happy as Larry.
    * más alejado = further afield, furthest away.
    * más allá = further than, farther, yonder, beyond that.
    * más allá de = beyond, beyond all, past, beyond the range of.
    * más allá de cualquier duda = beyond any doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de eso = beyond that.
    * más allá de la obligación = beyond the call of duty.
    * más allá del deber = beyond the call of duty.
    * más allá de ninguna duda = beyond doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * más allá de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * más allá, el = afterlife [after-life], land of the dead, the.
    * más antiguo = longest-serving.
    * más antiguo, el = seniormost, the.
    * más anunciado = best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA].
    * más apreciado = long-cherished.
    * más aun = nay, beyond that, furthermore.
    * más bien = if you like, instead.
    * más bien bajo = shortish.
    * más bien corto = shortish.
    * más bien pequeño = smallish.
    * más bien todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * más borracho que una cuba = as drunk as a lord, as drunk as a newt, as drunk as a skunk.
    * más bueno que un pan = as good as gold.
    * más cerca de = more nearly.
    * más claro el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más claro que el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más complejo de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más complicado de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más común = mainstream.
    * más concretamente = more to the point.
    * más conocido = best known, best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA], mainstream.
    * más conocido como = better known as.
    * más contento que unas castañuela = as happy as Larry.
    * más contento que unas pascuas = as happy as Larry.
    * Posesivo + más cordial enhorabuena = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * más corto que las mangas de una chaleco = as daft as a brush.
    * más corto que las mangas de un chaleco = as thick as two (short) planks, as shy as shy can be, as thick as a brick, knucklehead.
    * más débil de la camada, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más débil del grupo, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad, over + Cantidad, more than + Cantidad, upwards of + Cantidad.
    * más del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * más de la cuenta = one too many.
    * más de la mayoría de los + Nombre = more than most + Nombre.
    * más de lo mismo = more of the same.
    * más demandado = most demanded.
    * más dentro = further into.
    * más destacado = foremost.
    * más de una vez = more than once.
    * más de un ISBN = more than one ISBN.
    * más de un millón = million-plus.
    * más de unos cuantos + Nombre = not a few + Nombre.
    * más difundido = best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA].
    * más duradero = longer-lasting.
    * más duro que la suela de un zapato = as tough as leather, as tough as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * más duro que una piedra = as tough as nuts, as tough as nails, as tough as leather, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * más exactamente = more nearly.
    * más fácil de entender para nosotros = closer to home.
    * más frío que el mármol = as cold as ice.
    * más frío que la nieve = as cold as ice.
    * más frío que un témpano (de hielo) = as cold as ice.
    * más fuerte que un roble = as strong as an ox.
    * más fuerte que un toro = as strong as an ox.
    * más granado de la sociedad, lo = cream of society, the.
    * más grande = greater.
    * más hambre que el perro de un ciego = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * más hambre que un maestro de escuela = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * más importante = foremost.
    * más importante aun = more significantly.
    * más información = further information, further details.
    * más íntimo = innermost.
    * más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.
    * más lejos = further afield, further away, furthest away.
    * más meridional = southernmost.
    * más necesitado = most in need.
    * más occidental = westernmost.
    * más o menos = more or less, of a sort, or so, of sorts, after a fashion, round about, roughly speaking, give or take, ballpark.
    * más o menos + Adverbio = relatively + Adverbio.
    * más o menos cuadrado = squarish.
    * más perdedor = losingest.
    * más perenne = longer-lasting.
    * más permanente = longer-lasting.
    * más prestigioso = top-rated, top-ranked.
    * más profundo = innermost.
    * más que = more... than..., rather than.
    * más que antes = more than ever, more... than ever before, more than ever before.
    * más que la suma de sus partes = Comparativo + than the sum of its parts.
    * más quemado que la pipa (de) un indio = completely burned-out, totally burned-out.
    * más que muerto = dead and buried.
    * más que nada = more than anything else.
    * más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.
    * más que nunca = more than ever before, more than ever.
    * más que nunca antes = more... than ever before, more than ever before, more than ever.
    * más que todo lo demás = beyond all else.
    * más que todos nosotros juntos = more than all of us put together.
    * más recientemente = in more recent times, more recently.
    * más recóndito = innermost.
    * más secreto = innermost.
    * más septentrional = northernmost.
    * Posesivo + más sinceras felicitaciones = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * más sincero + Nombre = deeply felt + Nombre.
    * más sordo que una tapia = as deaf as a post.
    * más suave que el terciopelo = as soft as velvet.
    * más suave que la seda = as soft as silk.
    * más tarde = later on.
    * más tarde o más temprano = sooner or later, at one time or another.
    * más todavía = all the more so.
    * más usado = most heavily used.
    * más vale malo conocido que bueno por conocer = better the devil you know (than the devil you don't).
    * más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
    * más vale prevenir que curar = a stitch in time saves nine, better (to be) safe than sorry.
    * más vale que + Subjuntivo = might + as well + Verbo.
    * más vale tarde que nunca = better late than never.
    * más valorado = highly valued.
    * más vendido = best selling [bestselling/best-selling], top-selling.
    * más veterano, el = seniormost, the.
    * más viejo que Matusalén = as old as Methuselah, as old as the hills, as old as the hills.
    * más votado = top-rated, top-ranked.
    * materia más general = broader subject.
    * menos blandeces y más mano dura = less of the carrot, more of the stick.
    * meter a Alguien de lleno en lo más difícil = throw in + at the deep end, throw in + at the deep end.
    * meterse de lleno en lo más difícil = swim in + the deep end, jump in at + the deep end.
    * metido en lo más difícil = in at the deep end.
    * mientras más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * mirada más de cerca = closer look.
    * miseria más absoluta = abject poverty.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * muchísimo más = a whole lot more, an awful lot more.
    * muchísimo más + Adjetivo = infinitely + Adjetivo.
    * mucho más = order of magnitude, much more, much more so, a lot more, lots more.
    * mucho más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo.
    * mucho más + Adverbio = far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo.
    * mucho más cerca = far closer.
    * mucho más de = well over + Expresión Numérica.
    * mucho más rápido = far faster.
    * muchos más = a great many more.
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth, nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada más = anything else, nothing else.
    * nada más y nada menos = as much as + Expresión Numérica.
    * nada más y nada menos que = in the order of + Cantidad, nothing less than.
    * nada más y nada menos que de = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * nada más y nada menos que + Número = as many as + Número.
    * nada puede estar más alejado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nadie más = nobody else.
    * ni más ni menos = nothing more, nothing less, no more, no less.
    * no aguantar más = have had enough.
    * no dar más de sí = stretch + Nombre + to the limit, overstretch.
    * no hacer más que = do + no more than.
    * no importar lo más mínimo = could not care less.
    * no más que = in any more than.
    * Nombre + más o menos = Nombre + of sorts.
    * no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.
    * no saber qué más hacer = be at + Posesivo + wit's end.
    * no ser lo más adecuado para = ill suited to/for.
    * no ser más que = be nothing more than, be nothing but.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.
    * Número + de más = Número + too many.
    * Número + veces más = Número + times as many.
    * Número + veces más de = Número + times the number of.
    * nunca más = never again.
    * observar con más detalle = closer look.
    * optar por la solución más fácil = take + the easy way out.
    * otro + Nombre + más = further + Nombre, yet another + Nombre.
    * pagando un poco más = at additional cost.
    * pagar más de lo que se debería = overpay.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para más información = for further details.
    * para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * poco más = little else.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * ¡por lo más quieras! = Not on your life!.
    * por más que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * Posesivo + más cordial enhorabuena = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * Posesivo + más sinceras felicitaciones = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * precio de coste más margen de beneficios = cost-plus pricing.
    * presupuesto cada vez más pequeño = shrinking budget.
    * pruebas cada vez más concluyentes = mounting evidence.
    * quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.
    * qué más = what else.
    * que no da más de sí = overstretched.
    * ¿quién más...? = who else...?.
    * rechazar sin más = dismiss + out of hand.
    * redondear al número entero más cercano = round up to + the nearest whole number.
    * requerir más destreza = be more of an art.
    * sacar más partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * sentir más ganas de hacer Algo = grow in + appetite.
    * sentirse más seguro de = gain + confidence (with/in).
    * separar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * ser aun más = be all the more.
    * ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser el punto más flaco de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.
    * ser lo que a Uno más le gusta = be + Posesivo + big scene.
    * ser más interno = inner being.
    * ser más un + Nombre = be more of a + Nombre.
    * ser mucho más = be all the more.
    * ser nada más y nada menos que = be nothing less than.
    * siempre querer más = enough + be + not/never + enough.
    * signo más (+) = addition sign (+), plus sign (+).
    * sin la más mínima duda = without the shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin más = out of hand, unceremoniously, unceremonious.
    * sin más dilación = without (any) further ado, without (any) more ado, without warning.
    * sin más ni más = unceremoniously, unceremonious, for the love of it, without much ado.
    * sin más preámbulos = without (any) further ado, without (any) more ado.
    * sino más bien = rather.
    * sino (que) más bien = but rather.
    * supervivencia del más fuerte = survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * tarifa especial más barata = discount charge.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * término más específico = narrower term.
    * todavía más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo.
    * tratar con más detalle = discuss + in greater detail.
    * una imagen vale más que mil palabras = a picture is worth more than ten thousand words.
    * una pieza más en la organización = a cog in the wheel.
    * una vez más = again, yet again.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más + Adjetivo = not the least + Adjetivo + Nombre, not the least of the + Adjetivo + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importante = not the least + Nombre, not the least of + Nombre.
    * uno de mas = one too many.
    * uno más = one of equals.
    * uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the machine.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.
    * vender a un precio más barato que = undercut.
    * vender más barato = undercut.
    * venderse más que = outsell.
    * venta a un precio más barato = undercutting.
    * y Dios sabe qué más = and Heaven knows what else.
    * y más adelante = and beyond.
    * y más allá = and beyond.
    * y mucho más = and much more.
    * y mucho(s) más = and more.
    * y poco más = and little more.
    * ¡y qué más da! = so what!.
    * y unos cuantos más = and a few others.
    * * *
    conjunción (liter) but
    * * *
    = extra, more, plus, topmost [top most].

    Ex: Each step of subdivision involves an extra character (see below).

    Ex: The command function 'MORE' is used to request the system to display more information, for instance to continue the alphabetical display of terms.
    Ex: All of these (except PREVIOUS and NEXT), plus some additional commands are also available from the Command Menu.
    Ex: A list of the topmost cited papers of the Proceedings is presented.
    * acercarse aun más = bring + closer together, come closer together, draw + closer together.
    * acercarse más aun = bring + closer together, come closer together, draw + closer together.
    * ahora más que nunca = now more than ever.
    * alcanzar cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights.
    * algo más = anything else.
    * algunos años más tarde = some years on.
    * a más largo plazo = longer-term.
    * a más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * a más tardar = at the latest.
    * análisis más minucioso = closer examination.
    * aprender de la forma más difícil = learn + the hard way.
    * aún más = Verbo + further, even further, all the more, further, furthermore, beyond that, a fortiori.
    * bastante más = rather more.
    * cada vez más = ever-growing, ever-increasing, increasingly, more and more, progressively, ever more, mushrooming, ever greater, in increasing numbers, increasing.
    * cada vez más abultado = swelling.
    * cada vez más alto = constantly rising, steadily rising, steadily growing.
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * cada vez más estricto = tightening.
    * cada vez más extendido = spreading.
    * cada vez más fácil = ever easier.
    * cada vez más lejos = further and further.
    * cada vez más rápido = ever faster.
    * cada vez más tenue = fading.
    * cada vez más viejo = aging [ageing].
    * citado más arriba = above.
    * con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con más antigüedad = longest-serving.
    * con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con más frecuencia = most frequently.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].
    * con un filo más pronunciado = sharper-edged.
    * correr más deprisa que = outrun [out-run].
    * costumbre cada vez más frecuente = growing practice.
    * cuanto más = all the more so, all the more, a fortiori.
    * cuanto más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * cuantos más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * cuya fecha se anunciará más adelante = at a time to be announced later.
    * cuya fecha se determinará más adelante = at a time to be determined later.
    * dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.
    * dar más de sí = go further.
    * dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.
    * darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way.
    * de lo más = very.
    * de lo más + Adjetivo = most + Adjetivo.
    * demandar cada vez más enérgicamente = build + pressure, build + pressure.
    * de más = extra, one too many.
    * de más arriba = topmost [top most].
    * desarrollar aun más = develop + further.
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * de una manera más sencilla = in digestible form.
    * dicho más arriba, lo = foregoing, the.
    * distanciar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.
    * durante las horas de más calor = during the heat of the day.
    * durar más que = outlive.
    * el más = all-time.
    * el más adecuado = ideally suited.
    * el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.
    * el más allá = hereafter.
    * el más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.
    * el más leído = the most widely read.
    * el más recomendado = best of breed, the.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * enfrascado en lo más difícil = in at the deep end.
    * enfrascar a Alguien de lleno en lo más difícil = throw in + at the deep end, throw in + at the deep end.
    * enfrascarse en lo más difícil = swim in + the deep end, jump in at + the deep end.
    * en lo más mínimo = not in the least + Nombre Negativo.
    * en más de una ocasión = on more than one occasion, in more than one instance, in more than one occasion.
    * en más de un sentido = in more ways than one.
    * en su forma más básica = at its most basic.
    * en su nivel más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en su punto más álgido = at its height.
    * en su punto más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en tiempos más recientes = in more recent times.
    * en un futuro más o menos cercano = in the near future, in the near future.
    * en un período más o menos lejano = in the near future, in the near future.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * es más = more important, moreover.
    * examen más minucioso = closer examination.
    * examinar más detenidamente = look + closer, take + a closer look at, take + a close look.
    * examinar más minuciosamente = examine + in greater detail.
    * explicar un Tema con más detalle = expand upon/on + Tema.
    * forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.
    * ganar cada vez más importancia = go from + strength to strength.
    * gastar más de la cuenta = overspend.
    * gastarse más dinero = dig + deep.
    * haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hacerse cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * hacerse más complejo = grow in + complexity, gain in + complexity.
    * hacerse más corto = grow + shorter.
    * hacerse más fuerte = gain in + strength, grow in + strength.
    * hacerse más inteligente = smarten up.
    * herir en lo más profundo = cut to + the heart of, cut to + the quick.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * incluso yendo más lejos = even farther afield.
    * invertir más dinero = dig + deep.
    * ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir más allá = go + one stage further.
    * ir más allá de = go beyond, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.
    * ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * ir más lejos = go + one stage further.
    * ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.
    * ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * ley del más fuerte, la = law of the jungle, the, survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * libro más vendido = bestseller [best seller/best-seller].
    * lista de más populares = chart.
    * lista de más vendidos = chart.
    * llegar más lejos = stretch + further.
    * llevar aún más lejos = carry + one step further.
    * llevar + Nombre + aún más lejos = take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más destacado = highlights.
    * lo más detestado = pet hate.
    * lo más importante = most of all.
    * lo más interesante = highlights.
    * lo más mínimo = so much as.
    * lo más novedoso = the last word.
    * lo más odiado = pet hate.
    * lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más probable es que = most probably.
    * lo más recio de = brunt of, the.
    * lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.
    * lo que es más = what is more, what's more.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, most of all, more importantly, most important.
    * los más necesitados = those most in need.
    * más acomodados, los = better off, the.
    * más adelante = later, further along, later on, in due time, at a later date.
    * más afilado que una navaja = as sharp as a knife.
    * más afilado que un cuchillo = as sharp as a knife.
    * más alegre que unas castañuelas = as happy as Larry.
    * más alejado = further afield, furthest away.
    * más allá = further than, farther, yonder, beyond that.
    * más allá de = beyond, beyond all, past, beyond the range of.
    * más allá de cualquier duda = beyond any doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de eso = beyond that.
    * más allá de la obligación = beyond the call of duty.
    * más allá del deber = beyond the call of duty.
    * más allá de ninguna duda = beyond doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * más allá de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * más allá, el = afterlife [after-life], land of the dead, the.
    * más antiguo = longest-serving.
    * más antiguo, el = seniormost, the.
    * más anunciado = best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA].
    * más apreciado = long-cherished.
    * más aun = nay, beyond that, furthermore.
    * más bien = if you like, instead.
    * más bien bajo = shortish.
    * más bien corto = shortish.
    * más bien pequeño = smallish.
    * más bien todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * más borracho que una cuba = as drunk as a lord, as drunk as a newt, as drunk as a skunk.
    * más bueno que un pan = as good as gold.
    * más cerca de = more nearly.
    * más claro el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más claro que el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más complejo de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más complicado de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más común = mainstream.
    * más concretamente = more to the point.
    * más conocido = best known, best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA], mainstream.
    * más conocido como = better known as.
    * más contento que unas castañuela = as happy as Larry.
    * más contento que unas pascuas = as happy as Larry.
    * Posesivo + más cordial enhorabuena = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * más corto que las mangas de una chaleco = as daft as a brush.
    * más corto que las mangas de un chaleco = as thick as two (short) planks, as shy as shy can be, as thick as a brick, knucklehead.
    * más débil de la camada, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más débil del grupo, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad, over + Cantidad, more than + Cantidad, upwards of + Cantidad.
    * más del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * más de la cuenta = one too many.
    * más de la mayoría de los + Nombre = more than most + Nombre.
    * más de lo mismo = more of the same.
    * más demandado = most demanded.
    * más dentro = further into.
    * más destacado = foremost.
    * más de una vez = more than once.
    * más de un ISBN = more than one ISBN.
    * más de un millón = million-plus.
    * más de unos cuantos + Nombre = not a few + Nombre.
    * más difundido = best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA].
    * más duradero = longer-lasting.
    * más duro que la suela de un zapato = as tough as leather, as tough as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * más duro que una piedra = as tough as nuts, as tough as nails, as tough as leather, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * más exactamente = more nearly.
    * más fácil de entender para nosotros = closer to home.
    * más frío que el mármol = as cold as ice.
    * más frío que la nieve = as cold as ice.
    * más frío que un témpano (de hielo) = as cold as ice.
    * más fuerte que un roble = as strong as an ox.
    * más fuerte que un toro = as strong as an ox.
    * más granado de la sociedad, lo = cream of society, the.
    * más grande = greater.
    * más hambre que el perro de un ciego = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * más hambre que un maestro de escuela = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * más importante = foremost.
    * más importante aun = more significantly.
    * más información = further information, further details.
    * más íntimo = innermost.
    * más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.
    * más lejos = further afield, further away, furthest away.
    * más meridional = southernmost.
    * más necesitado = most in need.
    * más occidental = westernmost.
    * más o menos = more or less, of a sort, or so, of sorts, after a fashion, round about, roughly speaking, give or take, ballpark.
    * más o menos + Adverbio = relatively + Adverbio.
    * más o menos cuadrado = squarish.
    * más perdedor = losingest.
    * más perenne = longer-lasting.
    * más permanente = longer-lasting.
    * más prestigioso = top-rated, top-ranked.
    * más profundo = innermost.
    * más que = more... than..., rather than.
    * más que antes = more than ever, more... than ever before, more than ever before.
    * más que la suma de sus partes = Comparativo + than the sum of its parts.
    * más quemado que la pipa (de) un indio = completely burned-out, totally burned-out.
    * más que muerto = dead and buried.
    * más que nada = more than anything else.
    * más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.
    * más que nunca = more than ever before, more than ever.
    * más que nunca antes = more... than ever before, more than ever before, more than ever.
    * más que todo lo demás = beyond all else.
    * más que todos nosotros juntos = more than all of us put together.
    * más recientemente = in more recent times, more recently.
    * más recóndito = innermost.
    * más secreto = innermost.
    * más septentrional = northernmost.
    * Posesivo + más sinceras felicitaciones = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * más sincero + Nombre = deeply felt + Nombre.
    * más sordo que una tapia = as deaf as a post.
    * más suave que el terciopelo = as soft as velvet.
    * más suave que la seda = as soft as silk.
    * más tarde = later on.
    * más tarde o más temprano = sooner or later, at one time or another.
    * más todavía = all the more so.
    * más usado = most heavily used.
    * más vale malo conocido que bueno por conocer = better the devil you know (than the devil you don't).
    * más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
    * más vale prevenir que curar = a stitch in time saves nine, better (to be) safe than sorry.
    * más vale que + Subjuntivo = might + as well + Verbo.
    * más vale tarde que nunca = better late than never.
    * más valorado = highly valued.
    * más vendido = best selling [bestselling/best-selling], top-selling.
    * más veterano, el = seniormost, the.
    * más viejo que Matusalén = as old as Methuselah, as old as the hills, as old as the hills.
    * más votado = top-rated, top-ranked.
    * materia más general = broader subject.
    * menos blandeces y más mano dura = less of the carrot, more of the stick.
    * meter a Alguien de lleno en lo más difícil = throw in + at the deep end, throw in + at the deep end.
    * meterse de lleno en lo más difícil = swim in + the deep end, jump in at + the deep end.
    * metido en lo más difícil = in at the deep end.
    * mientras más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * mirada más de cerca = closer look.
    * miseria más absoluta = abject poverty.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * muchísimo más = a whole lot more, an awful lot more.
    * muchísimo más + Adjetivo = infinitely + Adjetivo.
    * mucho más = order of magnitude, much more, much more so, a lot more, lots more.
    * mucho más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo.
    * mucho más + Adverbio = far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo.
    * mucho más cerca = far closer.
    * mucho más de = well over + Expresión Numérica.
    * mucho más rápido = far faster.
    * muchos más = a great many more.
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth, nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada más = anything else, nothing else.
    * nada más y nada menos = as much as + Expresión Numérica.
    * nada más y nada menos que = in the order of + Cantidad, nothing less than.
    * nada más y nada menos que de = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * nada más y nada menos que + Número = as many as + Número.
    * nada puede estar más alejado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nadie más = nobody else.
    * ni más ni menos = nothing more, nothing less, no more, no less.
    * no aguantar más = have had enough.
    * no dar más de sí = stretch + Nombre + to the limit, overstretch.
    * no hacer más que = do + no more than.
    * no importar lo más mínimo = could not care less.
    * no más que = in any more than.
    * Nombre + más o menos = Nombre + of sorts.
    * no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.
    * no saber qué más hacer = be at + Posesivo + wit's end.
    * no ser lo más adecuado para = ill suited to/for.
    * no ser más que = be nothing more than, be nothing but.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.
    * Número + de más = Número + too many.
    * Número + veces más = Número + times as many.
    * Número + veces más de = Número + times the number of.
    * nunca más = never again.
    * observar con más detalle = closer look.
    * optar por la solución más fácil = take + the easy way out.
    * otro + Nombre + más = further + Nombre, yet another + Nombre.
    * pagando un poco más = at additional cost.
    * pagar más de lo que se debería = overpay.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para más información = for further details.
    * para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * poco más = little else.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * ¡por lo más quieras! = Not on your life!.
    * por más que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * Posesivo + más cordial enhorabuena = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * Posesivo + más sinceras felicitaciones = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * precio de coste más margen de beneficios = cost-plus pricing.
    * presupuesto cada vez más pequeño = shrinking budget.
    * pruebas cada vez más concluyentes = mounting evidence.
    * quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.
    * qué más = what else.
    * que no da más de sí = overstretched.
    * ¿quién más...? = who else...?.
    * rechazar sin más = dismiss + out of hand.
    * redondear al número entero más cercano = round up to + the nearest whole number.
    * requerir más destreza = be more of an art.
    * sacar más partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * sentir más ganas de hacer Algo = grow in + appetite.
    * sentirse más seguro de = gain + confidence (with/in).
    * separar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * ser aun más = be all the more.
    * ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser el punto más flaco de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.
    * ser lo que a Uno más le gusta = be + Posesivo + big scene.
    * ser más interno = inner being.
    * ser más un + Nombre = be more of a + Nombre.
    * ser mucho más = be all the more.
    * ser nada más y nada menos que = be nothing less than.
    * siempre querer más = enough + be + not/never + enough.
    * signo más (+) = addition sign (+), plus sign (+).
    * sin la más mínima duda = without the shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin más = out of hand, unceremoniously, unceremonious.
    * sin más dilación = without (any) further ado, without (any) more ado, without warning.
    * sin más ni más = unceremoniously, unceremonious, for the love of it, without much ado.
    * sin más preámbulos = without (any) further ado, without (any) more ado.
    * sino más bien = rather.
    * sino (que) más bien = but rather.
    * supervivencia del más fuerte = survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * tarifa especial más barata = discount charge.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * término más específico = narrower term.
    * todavía más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo.
    * tratar con más detalle = discuss + in greater detail.
    * una imagen vale más que mil palabras = a picture is worth more than ten thousand words.
    * una pieza más en la organización = a cog in the wheel.
    * una vez más = again, yet again.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más + Adjetivo = not the least + Adjetivo + Nombre, not the least of the + Adjetivo + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importante = not the least + Nombre, not the least of + Nombre.
    * uno de mas = one too many.
    * uno más = one of equals.
    * uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the machine.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.
    * vender a un precio más barato que = undercut.
    * vender más barato = undercut.
    * venderse más que = outsell.
    * venta a un precio más barato = undercutting.
    * y Dios sabe qué más = and Heaven knows what else.
    * y más adelante = and beyond.
    * y más allá = and beyond.
    * y mucho más = and much more.
    * y mucho(s) más = and more.
    * y poco más = and little more.
    * ¡y qué más da! = so what!.
    * y unos cuantos más = and a few others.

    * * *
    /mas/
    A (en Col) = Muerte a Secuestradores
    B (en Ven) = Movimiento al Socialismo
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    mas    
    más
    mas conjunción (liter) but
    más adverbio
    1

    ¿tiene algo más barato/moderno? do you have anything cheaper/more modern;

    duran más they last longer;
    me gusta más sin azúcar I prefer it without sugar;
    ahora la vemos más we see more of her now;
    tendrás que estudiar más you'll have to study harder;
    más lejos/atrás further away/back;
    el más allá the other world;
    más que nunca more than ever;
    me gusta más el vino seco que el dulce I prefer dry wine to sweet, I like dry wine better than sweet;
    pesa más de lo que parece it's heavier than it looks;
    es más complicado de lo que tú crees it's more complicated than you think;
    eran más de las cinco it was after five o'clock;
    más de 30 more than 30, over 30

    2 ( superlativo):
    la más bonita/la más inteligente the prettiest/the most intelligent;

    el que más sabe the one who knows most;
    el que más me gusta the one I like best;
    estuvo de lo más divertido it was great fun
    3 ( en frases negativas):

    nadie más que ella nobody but her;
    no tengo más que esto this is all I have;
    no tuve más remedio I had no alternative;
    no juego más I'm not playing any more;
    nunca más never again
    4 ( con valor ponderativo):
    ¡cantó más bien…! she sang so well!;

    ¡qué cosa más rara! how strange!
    ■ adjetivo invariable
    1 ( comparativo) more;

    una vez más once more;
    ni un minuto más not a minute longer;
    hoy hace más calor it's warmer today;
    son más que nosotros there are more of them than us
    2 ( superlativo) most;

    las más de las veces more often than not
    3 ( con valor ponderativo):
    ¡me da más rabia …! it makes me so mad!;

    ¡tiene más amigos …! he has so many friends!
    4
    ¿qué más? what else?;

    nada/nadie más nothing/nobody else;
    algo/alguien más something/somebody else;
    ¿quién más vino? who else came?;
    ¿algo más? — nada más gracias anything else? — no, that's all, thank you
    ■ pronombre
    1 more;
    ¿te sirvo más? would you like some more?

    2 ( en locs)

    a más no poder: corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast o hard as we could;
    a más tardar at the latest;
    cuanto más at the most;
    de más: ¿tienes un lápiz de más? do you have a spare pencil?;
    me dio cinco dólares de más he gave me five dollars too much;
    no está de más repetirlo there's no harm in repeating it;
    es más in fact;
    más bien ( un poco) rather;
    más o menos ( aproximadamente) more or less;

    ( no muy bien) so-so;

    no más See Also→ nomás;
    por más: por más que llores however much you cry;
    por más que trataba however hard he tried;
    ¿qué más da? what does it matter?;
    sin más (ni más) just like that
    ■ preposición
    a) (Mat) ( en sumas) plus;

    8+7 =15 (read as: ocho más siete (es) igual (a) quince) eight plus seven equals fifteen


    mil pesos, más los gastos a thousand pesos, plus expenses

    ■ sustantivo masculino
    plus sign
    mas conj frml but: sé que es difícil, mas no debes darte por vencido, I know it's hard, but you musn't give up
    más
    I adverbio & pron
    1 (aumento) more: necesito comprar más, I need to buy more
    me duele cada día más, it hurts more and more
    parte dos trozos más, cut two more pieces
    tendría que ser más barato, it should be cheaper
    asistieron más de cien personas, more than a hundred people attended
    (con pronombre interrogativo) else: ¿alguien más quiere repetir?, would anybody else like a second helping?
    (con pronombre indefinido) añádele algo más, add something else
    no sé nada más, I don't know anything else
    2 (comparación) more: es más complicado que el primero, it's more complicated than the first one
    eres más guapa que ella, you are prettier than her
    3 (superlativo) most: ella es la más divertida, she's the funniest
    lo más extraño del mundo, the strangest thing in the world
    4 (otra vez) no me llames más, que estoy trabajando, don't call me again, I'm busy
    no volví a verlo más, I never saw him again
    5 (sobre todo) debiste llamar, y más sabiendo que estoy sola, you should have phoned me, especially knowing I'm alone
    6 (otro) no tengo más cuchillo que éste, I have no other knife but this one
    7 exclamación so..., such a..., what a...!
    ¡está más pesado!, he's such a pain!
    ¡qué cosa más fea!, what an ugly thing!
    II prep Mat plus
    dos más dos, two plus o and two ➣ Ver nota en sumar
    ♦ Locuciones: de más, (de sobra): su comentario estuvo de más, his remark was unnecessary
    ¿tienes unas medias de más?, do you have a spare pair of tights?
    más bien, rather
    más o menos, more or less
    por más que, (aunque): por más que lo leo no logro entenderlo, no matter how many times I read it, I can't understand it
    sin más (ni más), just like that
    todo lo más, at most
    Ten cuidado con las frases hechas del tipo más borracho que una cuba o más bueno que el pan. Se traducen empleando as... as...: as drunk as a lord o as good as gold.
    ' más' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abundar
    - acá
    - actualidad
    - adelante
    - adentro
    - aguantar
    - alargarse
    - algo
    - allá
    - alquilar
    - alta
    - alto
    - amarre
    - ámbito
    - amortizar
    - ampliar
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - antes
    - aparecer
    - arriba
    - arrimarse
    - aunque
    - avivar
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bastante
    - bien
    - bilis
    - bravucón
    - bravucona
    - bufido
    - cada
    - cargar
    - cerca
    - cerrarse
    - ciudad
    - colmo
    - comodidad
    - consolidar
    - consolidarse
    - construcción
    - contaminante
    - contestón
    - contestona
    - contraria
    - contrario
    - córcholis
    English:
    A
    - aboard
    - about
    - above
    - acceptable
    - accomplished
    - ado
    - adopt
    - advanced
    - advantage
    - advocate
    - afterwards
    - again
    - agree
    - agreeable
    - airport
    - all
    - along
    - aloud
    - alternative
    - always
    - ample
    - amplify
    - another
    - anticipate
    - antsy
    - anything
    - appropriate
    - arguable
    - art form
    - as
    - ask
    - awe-inspiring
    - barrel
    - basic
    - bat
    - become
    - begin
    - below
    - besides
    - best
    - better
    - beyond
    - big
    - bird
    - bit
    - bite
    - blue
    - bookshelf
    - boot
    * * *
    MAS [mas] nm (abrev de Movimiento al Socialismo)
    = left-wing political party in Argentina and Venezuela
    * * *
    conj but
    * * *
    mas conj
    pero: but
    más adv
    1) : more
    ¿hay algo más grande?: is there anything bigger?
    2) : most
    Luis es el más alto: Luis is the tallest
    3) : longer
    el sabor dura más: the flavor lasts longer
    4) : rather
    más querría andar: I would rather walk
    5)
    a mas : besides, in addition
    6)
    más allá : further
    7)
    qué... más... : what..., what a...
    ¡qué día más bonito!: what a beautiful day!
    más adj
    1) : more
    dáme dos kilos más: give me two more kilos
    2) : most
    la que ganó más dinero: the one who earned the most money
    3) : else
    ¿quién más quiere vino?: who else wants wine?
    más n
    : plus sign
    más prep
    : plus
    tres más dos es igual a cinco: three plus two equals five
    más pron
    1) : more
    ¿tienes más?: do you have more?
    2)
    a lo más : at most
    3)
    de mas : extra, excess
    4)
    más o menos : more or less, approximately
    5)
    por más que : no matter how much
    por más que corras no llegarás a tiempo: no matter how fast you run you won't arrive on time
    * * *
    más1 adv
    ¿quieres más arroz? do you want some more rice?
    ¿quién tiene más caramelos? who's got the most sweets?
    3. (con números, cantidades) more / over
    ¿quieres algo más? do you want anything else?
    ¿quién más estaba? who else was there?
    ¿nadie más? no one else?
    ¡qué casa más bonita! what a pretty house!
    ¡está más guapa! she's ever so pretty!
    de más (de sobra) spare / extra (demasiado) too much / too many
    más2 conj plus

    Spanish-English dictionary > más

  • 10 préstamo

    m.
    loan, lending, borrowing, accommodation.
    * * *
    1 (crédito) loan
    3 LINGÚÍSTICA loanword
    \
    pedir un préstamo to ask for a loan
    préstamo hipotecario home loan, mortgage
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=acción) [de prestar] lending; [de pedir prestado] borrowing

    en préstamo — on loan

    2) (=dinero prestado) loan

    conceder un préstamo — to grant a loan

    hacer un préstamo a algn — to give sb a loan

    pedir un préstamo — to ask for a loan

    préstamo hipotecario — mortgage (loan), real-estate loan (EEUU)

    casa 8)
    3) (Ling) loanword
    * * *
    1) (Econ, Fin) ( acción - de prestar) lending; (- de tomar prestado) borrowing; ( cosa prestada) loan

    lo tenemos en préstamo — we've borrowed it, we've got it on loan

    2) (Ling) loanword
    * * *
    = borrowing, charge-out, circulation, issue, lending, lending and borrowing, loan, loan, issuing, charge, checkout [check-out], library issue, circ [circulation].
    Ex. Topics covered included: automated lending procedures, possible joint financial arrangements; interlibrary loans; and borrowing abroad = Los temas tratados incluían: procedimientos del préstamo automatizado, posibles acuerdos económicos conjuntos, préstamos interbibliotecarios y el préstamo en el extranjero.
    Ex. Charge-out then begins with an empty screen with places to read in the borrower numbers and up to nine copy numbers (Figure 86).
    Ex. Each local library is a separate administrative unit with separate and independent files for circulation, acquisitions, periodicals, and holdings.
    Ex. This system incorporates all the usual functions associated with the issue, return and reservation of library materials.
    Ex. While the benefits have been obvious, the mounting costs of lending and borrowing are causing serious concern.
    Ex. While the benefits have been obvious, the mounting costs of lending and borrowing are causing serious concern.
    Ex. A search of these files may be useful in the ordering of photocopies and loans.
    Ex. The EIB is able to borrow money at the best possible rates, and as it is non-profit making it is able to offer loans at advantageous terms.
    Ex. The recording of the loan of the material is called 'charging' or 'issuing', the actual record of the loan is known as the 'charge' or the 'issue', and the cancellation of the record when the material is returned by the borrower is called 'discharging'.
    Ex. The recording of the loan of the material is called 'charging' or 'issuing', the actual record of the loan is known as the ' charge' or the 'issue', and the cancellation of the record when the material is returned by the borrower is called 'discharging'.
    Ex. Library management systems have reduced the manual tasks of checkin, checkout, catalogue management and the like.
    Ex. This article describes a survey which was promoted by a sense that fiction in libraries is often undervalued, despite the fact that fiction accounts for a high proportion of public library issues.
    Ex. As public library circ declines, spending continues to top inflation.
    ----
    * área de préstamo = checkout area.
    * autorealización de préstamos = self-checkout [self-check-out].
    * autorenovación del préstamo = self-renewal.
    * autorización de préstamo = borrowing privileges.
    * auxiliar de préstamo = circulation clerk.
    * biblioteca de préstamo = lending library, circulating library, circulation library.
    * Biblioteca Nacional de Préstamo para la Ciencia y Tecnología (NLL) = National Lending Library for Science and Technology (NLL).
    * bibliotecario de préstamo = lending librarian.
    * bibliotecario de préstamos = borrowing librarian.
    * bolsa de control de préstamo = book pocket.
    * buzón para la devolución de préstamos = book chute, book return box.
    * cajón de préstamo = issue tray.
    * carnet de préstamo = library card.
    * Centro Nacional de Préstamos = National Lending Centre.
    * colección de préstamo = circulating collection.
    * colección de préstamo restringido = course reserve.
    * conceder un préstamo = grant + loan.
    * control de préstamo = circulation control.
    * departamento de préstamo = circulation department.
    * departamento de préstamo interbibliotecar = interlibrary loan department.
    * depósito de préstamos después de las horas de apertura = after-hours book drop.
    * de préstamo = circulating.
    * derecho de préstamo = lending right.
    * derecho sobre el préstamo al público (PLR) = public lending right (PLR).
    * devolución de préstamos = check-in [checkin], book return.
    * disponible al préstamo = circulating.
    * dispositivo de préstamo = checkout unit.
    * distribución de documentos de préstamo interbibliotecario = interlibrary loan document delivery.
    * División de Préstamo de la Biblioteca Británica (BLLD) = British Library Lending Division (BLLD).
    * en préstamo = in circulation, on loan, out on loan, checked-out.
    * estadística de préstamo = circulation statistics.
    * estadística de préstamos = loan statistics.
    * excluido del préstamo = uncirculated, non-circulating [noncirculating].
    * ficha de préstamo del libro = book card [bookcard].
    * fichero de préstamo = circulation file.
    * fondo de préstamo por horas = short-loan collection.
    * frecuencia de préstamo del material = turnover rate.
    * hacer un préstamo = charge, issue.
    * hoja de préstamo = routing slip, issue form, circulation slip.
    * libro de préstamo vencido = overdue book.
    * lista de préstamo = routing list, circulation list.
    * máquina de registro de préstamos por medio de la fotografía = photocharger, photocharging machine.
    * módulo de préstamos = circulation module.
    * mostrador de préstamo = circulation desk, control counter, check-out desk, library issue desk, front desk.
    * mostrador de préstamos = issue desk, issue counter.
    * no disponible para el préstamo = not-loanable.
    * normas de préstamos vencidos = overdue policy.
    * normativa de préstamo = loan policy.
    * número de préstamo = charging number.
    * número de préstamos = circulation figures.
    * pantalla de préstamo = charge-out screen.
    * papeleta de petición de préstamo interbibliotecario = interlibrary loan request form.
    * papeleta de solicitud de préstamo = call slip.
    * pedir en préstamo = borrow.
    * pedir un préstamo = take + a loan.
    * persona que hace un préstamo = loaner.
    * petición de préstamo = loan request.
    * petición de préstamo interbibliotecario = interlibrary loan request.
    * poner en préstamo = circulate.
    * préstamo a domicilio = home lending.
    * préstamo agrícola = farm loan, farm loan, farm loan, farm credit, agricultural credit.
    * préstamo automatizado = automated lending.
    * préstamo breve = short-loan, short-term loan.
    * préstamo de libros = book lending, checking out books.
    * préstamo de periodo fijo = fixed date loan period.
    * préstamo de plazo intermedio = intermediate-term loan.
    * préstamo electrónico = e-lending [electronic lending].
    * préstamo hipotecario = mortgage.
    * préstamo interbibliotecario = ILL (Interlibrary Loan), interlending, interlending transaction, interlibrary lending, interlibrary loan, interloan, loan traffic, interlibrary borrowing.
    * préstamo internacional = international lending.
    * préstamo nocturno = overnight loan.
    * préstamo para compra de coche = car loan.
    * préstamo para otra persona = proxy borrowing.
    * préstamo por horas = hourly loan.
    * préstamo por lector = circulation per capita.
    * préstamo prolongado = long-term loan.
    * préstamo reembolsable al vencimiento = bullet loan.
    * préstamo renovado = extended loan.
    * procesamiento de préstamos = loan processing.
    * procesar la devolución del préstamo = charge in, check in.
    * que no se puede sacar en préstamo = non-circulating [noncirculating].
    * que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.
    * realización de préstamos = checkout [check-out].
    * red de préstamo interbibliotecario = interlibrary loan network.
    * renovación del préstamo = renewal.
    * renovación de préstamos = extended loan.
    * renovar el préstamo de un documento = renew + document.
    * retirar un libro en préstamo = check out + book.
    * sacar en préstamo = charge out, check out.
    * sacar libro en préstamo = borrow + book.
    * sanción por préstamo vencido = overdue fine.
    * sección de préstamo = lending collection, lending stock.
    * servicio de préstamo = lending service, loaner service.
    * servicio de préstamo a domicilio = home lending service.
    * servicio de préstamo de documentos = document delivery service (DDS).
    * servicio de préstamo interbibliotecario = interlending service.
    * sin préstamo = non-circulating [noncirculating].
    * sistema automatizado de préstamo = automated lending system, computerised issue system.
    * sistema de préstamo = circulation system, issue system, lending system, book checking system, charge out system, library issue system.
    * sistema de préstamo automatizado = automated circulation system.
    * sistema de préstamo interbibliotecario = interlibrary loan system.
    * situación de préstamo = loan status.
    * sobre para el control del préstamo = slip holder pocket.
    * tasa de préstamo = lending rate, lending rate.
    * terminal de préstamo = issue terminal.
    * tiempo de préstamo = document delivery.
    * total de préstamos = circulation figures.
    * trabajo de préstamo de servicios = service job.
    * tramitar la devolución de un préstamo = discharge + book.
    * tramitar un préstamo = charge + book.
    * usada en el préstamo = label.
    * usuario que hace mucho uso del préstamo = heavy borrower.
    * usuario que hace poco uso del préstamo = light borrower.
    * usuario que hace uso del préstamo = borrower.
    * * *
    1) (Econ, Fin) ( acción - de prestar) lending; (- de tomar prestado) borrowing; ( cosa prestada) loan

    lo tenemos en préstamo — we've borrowed it, we've got it on loan

    2) (Ling) loanword
    * * *
    = borrowing, charge-out, circulation, issue, lending, lending and borrowing, loan, loan, issuing, charge, checkout [check-out], library issue, circ [circulation].

    Ex: Topics covered included: automated lending procedures, possible joint financial arrangements; interlibrary loans; and borrowing abroad = Los temas tratados incluían: procedimientos del préstamo automatizado, posibles acuerdos económicos conjuntos, préstamos interbibliotecarios y el préstamo en el extranjero.

    Ex: Charge-out then begins with an empty screen with places to read in the borrower numbers and up to nine copy numbers (Figure 86).
    Ex: Each local library is a separate administrative unit with separate and independent files for circulation, acquisitions, periodicals, and holdings.
    Ex: This system incorporates all the usual functions associated with the issue, return and reservation of library materials.
    Ex: While the benefits have been obvious, the mounting costs of lending and borrowing are causing serious concern.
    Ex: While the benefits have been obvious, the mounting costs of lending and borrowing are causing serious concern.
    Ex: A search of these files may be useful in the ordering of photocopies and loans.
    Ex: The EIB is able to borrow money at the best possible rates, and as it is non-profit making it is able to offer loans at advantageous terms.
    Ex: The recording of the loan of the material is called 'charging' or 'issuing', the actual record of the loan is known as the 'charge' or the 'issue', and the cancellation of the record when the material is returned by the borrower is called 'discharging'.
    Ex: The recording of the loan of the material is called 'charging' or 'issuing', the actual record of the loan is known as the ' charge' or the 'issue', and the cancellation of the record when the material is returned by the borrower is called 'discharging'.
    Ex: Library management systems have reduced the manual tasks of checkin, checkout, catalogue management and the like.
    Ex: This article describes a survey which was promoted by a sense that fiction in libraries is often undervalued, despite the fact that fiction accounts for a high proportion of public library issues.
    Ex: As public library circ declines, spending continues to top inflation.
    * área de préstamo = checkout area.
    * autorealización de préstamos = self-checkout [self-check-out].
    * autorenovación del préstamo = self-renewal.
    * autorización de préstamo = borrowing privileges.
    * auxiliar de préstamo = circulation clerk.
    * biblioteca de préstamo = lending library, circulating library, circulation library.
    * Biblioteca Nacional de Préstamo para la Ciencia y Tecnología (NLL) = National Lending Library for Science and Technology (NLL).
    * bibliotecario de préstamo = lending librarian.
    * bibliotecario de préstamos = borrowing librarian.
    * bolsa de control de préstamo = book pocket.
    * buzón para la devolución de préstamos = book chute, book return box.
    * cajón de préstamo = issue tray.
    * carnet de préstamo = library card.
    * Centro Nacional de Préstamos = National Lending Centre.
    * colección de préstamo = circulating collection.
    * colección de préstamo restringido = course reserve.
    * conceder un préstamo = grant + loan.
    * control de préstamo = circulation control.
    * departamento de préstamo = circulation department.
    * departamento de préstamo interbibliotecar = interlibrary loan department.
    * depósito de préstamos después de las horas de apertura = after-hours book drop.
    * de préstamo = circulating.
    * derecho de préstamo = lending right.
    * derecho sobre el préstamo al público (PLR) = public lending right (PLR).
    * devolución de préstamos = check-in [checkin], book return.
    * disponible al préstamo = circulating.
    * dispositivo de préstamo = checkout unit.
    * distribución de documentos de préstamo interbibliotecario = interlibrary loan document delivery.
    * División de Préstamo de la Biblioteca Británica (BLLD) = British Library Lending Division (BLLD).
    * en préstamo = in circulation, on loan, out on loan, checked-out.
    * estadística de préstamo = circulation statistics.
    * estadística de préstamos = loan statistics.
    * excluido del préstamo = uncirculated, non-circulating [noncirculating].
    * ficha de préstamo del libro = book card [bookcard].
    * fichero de préstamo = circulation file.
    * fondo de préstamo por horas = short-loan collection.
    * frecuencia de préstamo del material = turnover rate.
    * hacer un préstamo = charge, issue.
    * hoja de préstamo = routing slip, issue form, circulation slip.
    * libro de préstamo vencido = overdue book.
    * lista de préstamo = routing list, circulation list.
    * máquina de registro de préstamos por medio de la fotografía = photocharger, photocharging machine.
    * módulo de préstamos = circulation module.
    * mostrador de préstamo = circulation desk, control counter, check-out desk, library issue desk, front desk.
    * mostrador de préstamos = issue desk, issue counter.
    * no disponible para el préstamo = not-loanable.
    * normas de préstamos vencidos = overdue policy.
    * normativa de préstamo = loan policy.
    * número de préstamo = charging number.
    * número de préstamos = circulation figures.
    * pantalla de préstamo = charge-out screen.
    * papeleta de petición de préstamo interbibliotecario = interlibrary loan request form.
    * papeleta de solicitud de préstamo = call slip.
    * pedir en préstamo = borrow.
    * pedir un préstamo = take + a loan.
    * persona que hace un préstamo = loaner.
    * petición de préstamo = loan request.
    * petición de préstamo interbibliotecario = interlibrary loan request.
    * poner en préstamo = circulate.
    * préstamo a domicilio = home lending.
    * préstamo agrícola = farm loan, farm loan, farm loan, farm credit, agricultural credit.
    * préstamo automatizado = automated lending.
    * préstamo breve = short-loan, short-term loan.
    * préstamo de libros = book lending, checking out books.
    * préstamo de periodo fijo = fixed date loan period.
    * préstamo de plazo intermedio = intermediate-term loan.
    * préstamo electrónico = e-lending [electronic lending].
    * préstamo hipotecario = mortgage.
    * préstamo interbibliotecario = ILL (Interlibrary Loan), interlending, interlending transaction, interlibrary lending, interlibrary loan, interloan, loan traffic, interlibrary borrowing.
    * préstamo internacional = international lending.
    * préstamo nocturno = overnight loan.
    * préstamo para compra de coche = car loan.
    * préstamo para otra persona = proxy borrowing.
    * préstamo por horas = hourly loan.
    * préstamo por lector = circulation per capita.
    * préstamo prolongado = long-term loan.
    * préstamo reembolsable al vencimiento = bullet loan.
    * préstamo renovado = extended loan.
    * procesamiento de préstamos = loan processing.
    * procesar la devolución del préstamo = charge in, check in.
    * que no se puede sacar en préstamo = non-circulating [noncirculating].
    * que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.
    * realización de préstamos = checkout [check-out].
    * red de préstamo interbibliotecario = interlibrary loan network.
    * renovación del préstamo = renewal.
    * renovación de préstamos = extended loan.
    * renovar el préstamo de un documento = renew + document.
    * retirar un libro en préstamo = check out + book.
    * sacar en préstamo = charge out, check out.
    * sacar libro en préstamo = borrow + book.
    * sanción por préstamo vencido = overdue fine.
    * sección de préstamo = lending collection, lending stock.
    * servicio de préstamo = lending service, loaner service.
    * servicio de préstamo a domicilio = home lending service.
    * servicio de préstamo de documentos = document delivery service (DDS).
    * servicio de préstamo interbibliotecario = interlending service.
    * sin préstamo = non-circulating [noncirculating].
    * sistema automatizado de préstamo = automated lending system, computerised issue system.
    * sistema de préstamo = circulation system, issue system, lending system, book checking system, charge out system, library issue system.
    * sistema de préstamo automatizado = automated circulation system.
    * sistema de préstamo interbibliotecario = interlibrary loan system.
    * situación de préstamo = loan status.
    * sobre para el control del préstamo = slip holder pocket.
    * tasa de préstamo = lending rate, lending rate.
    * terminal de préstamo = issue terminal.
    * tiempo de préstamo = document delivery.
    * total de préstamos = circulation figures.
    * trabajo de préstamo de servicios = service job.
    * tramitar la devolución de un préstamo = discharge + book.
    * tramitar un préstamo = charge + book.
    * usada en el préstamo = label.
    * usuario que hace mucho uso del préstamo = heavy borrower.
    * usuario que hace poco uso del préstamo = light borrower.
    * usuario que hace uso del préstamo = borrower.

    * * *
    A ( Econ, Fin) (acciónde prestar) lending; (— de tomar prestado) borrowing; (cosa prestada) loan
    pidió un préstamo en el banco he asked the bank for a loan
    lo tenemos en préstamo we've borrowed it/we've got it on loan
    Compuestos:
    balloon loan
    student loan
    bridge loan ( AmE), bridging loan ( BrE)
    B ( Ling) loanword
    * * *

     

    préstamo sustantivo masculino (Econ, Fin) ( acciónde prestar) lending;
    (— de tomar prestado) borrowing;
    ( cosa prestada) loan
    préstamo sustantivo masculino loan: me dejó el libro en préstamo, he lent me the book
    pedimos un préstamo al banco, we applied for a loan from the bank
    préstamo hipotecario, mortgage
    ' préstamo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    conceder
    - crédito
    - espaldarazo
    - reembolsar
    - amortización
    - aprobación
    - aprobar
    - avalar
    - bancario
    - concesión
    - consolidar
    - gestionar
    - interesar
    - otorgar
    - pedir
    - reembolso
    - reintegrar
    - reintegro
    - tramitar
    - trámite
    - urgir
    English:
    bank loan
    - guarantee
    - loan
    - negotiate
    - raise
    - repay
    - repayment
    - advance
    - approach
    - borrow
    - issue
    - mortgage
    * * *
    1. [acción] [de prestar] lending;
    [de pedir prestado] borrowing;
    ese libro está en préstamo that book is out on loan;
    2. [cantidad] loan;
    pedir un préstamo to ask for a loan
    préstamo bancario bank loan;
    préstamo a plazo fijo fixed-term loan
    3. Ling loanword
    * * *
    m
    1 de dinero loan;
    préstamo bancario bank loan;
    pedir un préstamo para algo apply for a loan for sth
    2 GRAM loanword
    * * *
    : loan
    * * *
    préstamo n loan

    Spanish-English dictionary > préstamo

  • 11 अन्तर् _antar

    अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च]
    1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under.
    -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, be- twixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य).
    -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11.
    -4 It is fre- quently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the inte- rior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c.
    -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;].
    -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.).
    -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr.
    -अंङ्ग a.
    1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra.
    -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk.
    -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior.
    -2 an intimate friend, near or con- fidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159.
    -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman.
    -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29.
    - अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62.
    -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads).
    -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention.
    -आगमः an additional augment between two letters,
    -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31.
    -आत्मन् m. (त्मा)
    1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95.
    -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the in- terior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21.
    -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town.
    -आय, -आल; See s. v.
    -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24.
    -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense.
    -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode.
    -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds: मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता.
    -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists).
    -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (
    -लः) a conch-shell.
    -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body.
    -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी.
    -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3.
    -2 inward wrath, secret anger.
    -कोशम् the interior of a store- room.
    -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore).
    -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्).
    -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्.
    -गर्भ a.
    1 bearing young, pregnant.
    -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्.
    -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87.
    -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle.
    -गूढ a. conceal- ed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart.
    -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.]
    1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house.
    -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति.
    -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (
    -नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.).
    -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78.
    -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7.
    - a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.).
    -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach.
    -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्).
    -जात a. inborn, innate.
    -जानु ind. between the knees.
    -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75.
    -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge.
    -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (
    -स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman.
    -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (
    -नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety.
    -ताप a. burning inwardly (
    -पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13.
    -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation.
    -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः).
    -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79.
    -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām.
    -2 inflammation.
    -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart;
    -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart.
    -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself.
    -देशः an intermediate region of the compass.
    -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्).
    -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v.
    -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām.
    -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6.
    -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8.
    -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation.
    -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives.
    -पथ a. Ved. being on the way.
    -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word.
    -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः
    -पिरधानम् the innermost garment.
    -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh).
    -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel.
    -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.).
    -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.).
    -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty.
    -पातित, -पातिन् a.
    1 inserted.
    -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2.
    -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel.
    -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace.
    -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्]
    1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1.
    -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर,
    -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamber- lain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned:- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem.
    -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (
    -कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K.
    -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it re- gularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period.
    -पूय a. ulcerous.
    -पेयम् Ved. drinking up.
    -प्रकृतिः f.
    1 the internal nature or constitution of man.
    -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king.
    -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51.
    -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93.
    -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul.
    -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior.
    -बाष्प a.
    1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3.
    -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (
    -ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5.
    -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately.
    -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions).
    -भूमिः f. interior of the earth.
    -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.'
    -भौम a. subterranean, underground.
    -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7.
    -मनस् a.
    1 sad, disconso- late, dejected, distracted.
    -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation.
    -मुख a. (
    -खी f.)
    1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26.
    -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि).
    -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः).
    -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (
    -खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna.
    -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the seve- ral letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body.
    -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion.
    -मृत a. still-born.
    -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras.
    -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice.
    -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br.
    -यामिन् m.
    1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c.
    -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up.
    -योगः deep meditation, abstraction
    -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (
    -बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle).
    -लीन a.
    1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1.
    -2 inherent.
    -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (
    -मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered.
    -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v.
    -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8.
    -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (
    -णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5.
    -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior.
    -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13.
    -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching.
    -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in
    -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम).
    -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an under- garment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52.
    -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly.
    -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्).
    -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration.
    -विद्वस् a. Ved. (
    विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7.
    -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever.
    -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (
    -दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land.
    -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house.
    -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain.
    -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21.
    -शरः internal arrow or disease.
    -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body.
    -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside.
    -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain.
    -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br.
    -संज्ञ a. inwardly con- scious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49.
    -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚
    त्त्वा)
    1 a pregnant woman.
    -2 the marking nut.
    -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret.
    - सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51.
    -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9.
    -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (
    -रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus).
    -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24
    -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies.
    -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (
    -स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called be- cause they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह).
    -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs.
    -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear.
    -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut).
    -हणनम् striking in the middle.
    -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk.
    -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand.
    -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand.
    -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile.
    -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अन्तर् _antar

  • 12 GANGA

    * * *
    I)
    (geng; gekk, gengum; genginn), v.
    1) to walk (reið jarl, en Karkr gekk);
    2) to go;
    ganga heim, to go home;
    ganga braut, to go away;
    ganga til hvílu, to go to bed;
    ganga á skip, to go on board;
    ganga af skipi, to go ashore;
    with infin., ganga sofa or at sofa, to go to sleep;
    ganga at eiga konu, to marry a woman;
    3) to go about grazing, to graze (kálfrinn gekk í túni um sumarit);
    4) of a ship, to run, sail (gekk skipit brátt út á haf);
    5) to stretch out, extend, project (nes mikit gekk í sæ út);
    6) of report, tales, to be current (litlar sögur megu ganga af hesti mínum);
    gekk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter the French tongue prevailed in E.;
    8) of money, to be current (peningar þeir, sem nú ganga);
    of laws, to be valid (þau lög, er gengu á Uppsalaþingi);
    of sickness, plague, famine, to rage (þá gekk landfarsótt, drepsótt, hallæri);
    9) to go on, last (gnustu þá saman vápnin, ok gekk þat um hríð);
    impers., gekk því lengi, so it went on for a long while;
    10) láta ganga e-t, to let go on;
    láta höggin ganga, to rain blows;
    Birkibeinar létu ganga lúðrana, blew the trumpets vigorously;
    ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do;
    impers., svá þykt, at þeim gekk þar eigi at fara, so close, that they could not go on there;
    þeim gekk ekki fyrir nesit, they could not clear the ness;
    12) to turn out, go in a specified way;
    ganga andæris, to go all wrong;
    gekk þeim lítt atsókinn, they made little progress with the attack;
    impers., e-m gengr vel (illa), one fares (goes on, gets on) well (badly);
    13) with acc., ganga e-n á bak, to force one to go backwards (harm gengr bjöninn á bak);
    14) with dat., to discharge (gekk bann þá blóði);
    15) with preps. and adverbs:
    ganga af e-u, to depart from, leave (þá gekk af honum móðrinn);
    ganga af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits;
    ganga af trú sinni, to apostatize;
    to pass (síðan gengu af páskarnir);
    to go off (gekk þegar af höfuðit);
    to be left as surplus (þat er af skuldinni gekk);
    nú gengr honum hey af, now he has some hay left;
    ganga af sér, to go to extremities, to go beyond oneself (mjök ganga þeir fóstbrœðr nú af sé);
    ganga aptr, to revert (return) to the former proprietor (síðan gengu þau lönd aptr undir Árna);
    to be void, annulled (þá skal kaup aptr ganga);
    of a ghost, to walk again; of a door, to close, shut (gekk eigi aptr hurðin);
    ganga at e-m, to attack one;
    ganga at e-u, to agree to, accept a choice or offer (Flosi gekk fljótt at þessu öllu); to fit (skaltu fá mér lukla þá, sem ganga at kistum yðrum);
    ganga á e-t, to encroach upon (ganga á ríki e-s); to break (ganga á orð sín, eiða, grið, sættir, trygðir); to pierce, penetrate;
    hann var í panzara, er ekki gekk á, that was proof against any weapons;
    ganga á vald e-s or e-m, ganga á hönd (hendr) e-m, to submit to, give oneself up to, surrender to one;
    ganga á bak e-u, to contravene;
    ganga eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (göngum heim eptir verðinu); to pursue, claim;
    ganga eptir, to prove true, be fulfilled (þetta gekk allt eptir, sem M. sagði fyrir);
    ganga frá e-u, to part with, lose (sumir munu ganga frá öllu fénu);
    ganga fram, to step forward;
    ganga fram vel, to go forward bravely, in a battle;
    to come to pass, come into execution (skal þess bíða, er þetta gengr fram);
    to increase (fé Hall gerðar gekk fram ok gørðist allmikit);
    to depart this life (H. bóndi gengr fram til frænda sinna);
    ganga fyrir e-n, to present oneself before one (ganga fyrir konung);
    ganga fyrir e-u, to take charge of, manage (var þar mart fólk, en húsbóndi gekk svá fyrir, at ekkert skorti); to yield to, be swayed by (hann gekk þá fyrir fortölum hennar);
    ganga í gegn e-m, to set oneself against one;
    ganga í gegn e-u, to confess, acknowledge;
    maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðst tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away;
    ganga í mál, to undertake a case;
    ganga með e-m (of a woman), to marry;
    ganga með barni, to be with child;
    ganga með burði (of animals), to be with young;
    ganga með e-u, to assist in, plead (ganga með máli, bónorði);
    ganga milli (á m., í m.), to go between, intercede;
    ganga móti (á m., í m.) e-m, to go to meet one;
    ganga móti e-u, to resist, oppose;
    to confess, = ganga í gegn, ganga við e-u;
    ganga nær e-m, to be troublesome to one (þótti hón œrit nær ganga Þórgerði);
    ganga e-m nær, to approach, come near to one (sá hefir á brott komizt, er næst gekk Gunnari um alla hluti);
    ganga saman, to marry;
    of an agreement, bargain, to be brought about;
    saman gekk kaupit með þeim, they came to a bargain;
    ganga sundr (í s.), to go asunder, part;
    ganga til, to go up to a thing (gangit til ok hyggit at); of the wind, to veer (veðrit gekk til útsuðrs);
    en þat gekk mér til þess (that was my reason), at ek ann þér eigi;
    hversu hefir ykkr til gengit, how have you fared?
    Loka gekk lítt til, it fared ill with L.;
    ganga um e-t, to go about a thing;
    ganga um beina, to wait upon guests;
    ganga um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker;
    ganga um e-n, to befall, happen to one (þess, er um margan gengr guma); of the wind, to go round, veer (gekk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim); to manage (fékk hón svá um gengit, at);
    g. undir e-t, to take upon oneself, undertake (a duty);
    ganga undir e-n, to subject oneself to;
    ganga upp, to be wasted (of money);
    to get loose, to he torn loose (þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir á húsinu);
    of a storm, gale, to get up, rise (veðr gekk upp);
    of an ice-bound river, áin var gengin upp, swollen with ice;
    ganga við staf, to walk with a stick;
    ganga við e-u or e-t, to avow;
    ganga yfir e-t, to go beyond, disregard (hann vildi eigi ganga yfir þat, er hann vissi réttast);
    ganga yfir e-n, to overcome, to befall, happen to one;
    slíkt sem yfir hefir gengit, all that has happened;
    eitt skal yfir okkr ganga, we shall share one fate;
    16) refl., gangast.
    f.
    1) walking (hann mœddist í göngu);
    vera í göngu, to be on foot, to walk;
    2) course (ganga tungls, vinds).
    * * *
    pret. gekk or gékk, 2nd pers. gékkt, mod. gékst; pl. gengu, geingu, or géngu, and an old poët. gingu; gengengu in Vsp. 12 is a mere misspelling (vide Sæm. Möb. 258); pres. geng, pl. göngum; pret. subj. gengi (geingi); imperat. gakk and gakktú; with the neg. suffix geng-at, gengr-at, gékk-at, gakk-attu, passim; a middle form göngumk firr, go from me, Gm. 1: a contracted form gá occurs now and then in mod. hymns; it is not vernacular but borrowed from Germ. and Dan.: [cp. Ulf. gaggan; A. S. and Hel. gangan; Scot. and North. E. gang, mod. Engl. go; Dan.-Swed. gange or gå; Germ. gehen; Ivar Aasen ganga: Icel., Scots, and Norsemen have preserved the old ng, which in Germ. and Swed.-Dan. only remains in poetry or in a special sense, e. g. in Germ. compds.]
    A. To go:
    I. to walk; reið jarl en Karkr gékk, Fms. i. 210, Rm. 1, 2, 6, 14, 23, 24, 30, Edda 10, Grág. ii. 95, passim; ganga leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, Fms. x. 290, Krók. 26: adding acc., g. alla leið, Fms. xi. 202, 299; g. berg, to climb a cliff; g. afréttar, to search the fell-pastures (fjallganga), Háv. 39; also g. ( to climb) í fjall, í kletta, Fms. x. 313: Icel. also say, ganga skó og sokka, to wear out shoes and socks; hann gékk tvenna skó; ganga berserks gang, q. v.
    β. absol. to go a-begging, Grág. i. 226, 232, Ísl. ii. 25; ganga vergang, húsgang, id. (göngumaðr).
    II. adding adverbs, infinitives, adjectives, or the like,
    α. an adverb denoting direction; g. út ok inn, Vkv. 4, Lv. 26; g. inn, Fms. i. 16, vi. 33; g. út, to go out, Lat. exire, Nj. 194; g. aptr, to return, Fms. x. 352; g. fram, to step forward, Hm. 1, Eg. 165; g. upp, to go up, ashore; g. ofan, niðr, to go down; g. heiman, 199; g. heim, to go home; gakk hingat, come hither! 488; g. móti, í gegn e-m, to go against, to meet one; g. braut, to go away; g. til e-s, or at e-m, to go to one; g. frá e-m, to leave one; g. með e-m, to go with one; g. hjá, to pass by; g. saman, to go together; g. yfir, to go over; g. gegnum, to go through; g. undir, to go under; g. undan, fyrir, to go before; g. eptir, to go behind; g. um, to rove, stroll about, and so on passim; g. í sæti, to go to one’s seat, take a seat, Eg. 551; g. til hvílu, to go to bed, Nj. 201; g. til matar, to go to dinner, Sturl. iii. 111, Eg. 483; g. til vinnu, verks, to go to one’s work, cp. Hm. 58; g. í kirkju, to go to church, Rb. 82; g. á fjall, to go on the fells, Hrafn. 34; g. á skip, to go on board, Fms. x. 10; g. af skipi, to go ashore.
    β. with infin., in old poems often dropping ‘at;’ ganga sofa, to go to sleep, Fm. 27; g. at sofa, Hm. 19; g. vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 56, Ls. 15; g. at eiga konu, to go to be married, Grág. i. 318.
    γ. with an adj.; g. hræddr, to be afraid; g. úviss, to be in ignorance, etc., Fms. vii. 271, Sks. 250, 688.
    2. in a more special sense; g. til einvígis, bardaga, to go to a duel, battle, Nj. 64; g. á hólm (hólmganga), Eg. 504, 506; g. á eintal, Nj. 103; g. til máls við e-n, to speak to one, Eg. 199, 764; g. í glímu, to go a-wrestling, Ísl. ii. 246; g. á fang, id., Ld. 206; g. í danz, to go a-dancing; g. til skripta, to go to shrift, Hom. 157; g. at brúðkaupi, to go to be married, Fms. vii. 278; g. í skóla, klaustr, to go to school, go into a cloister (as an inmate), (hence skóla-genginn, a school-man, scholar), Bs. passim; g. í þjónustu, to take service, Nj. 268; g. í lið með e-m, to enter one’s party, side with one, 100; g. í lög, to enter a league with one; g. ór lögum, to go out of a league, passim; g. í félag, ór félagi, id.; g. á mala, to take service as a soldier, 121; g. á hönd, g. til handa, to submit to one as a liegeman, surrender, Eg. 19, 33, Ó. H. 184, Fms. vii. 180; g. á vald e-m, to give oneself up, Nj. 267; g. á hendr e-m, to encroach upon, Ver. 56; g. í skuld, to bail, Grág. i. 232, Dipl. ii. 12; g. í trúnað, to warrant, Fms. xi. 356; g. til trygða, Nj. 166, and g. til griða, to accept truce, surrender, Fas. ii. 556; g. í mál, to enter, undertake a case, Nj. 31; g. í ánauð, to go into bondage, Eg. 8; g. til lands, jarðar, ríkis, arfs, to take possession of …, 118, Stj. 380, Grág., Fms. passim; g. til fréttar, to go to an oracle, take auspices, 625. 89; g. til Heljar, a phrase for to die, Fms. x. 414; g. nær, to go nigh, go close to, press hard on, Ld. 146, 322, Fms. xi. 240 (where reflex.); var sá viðr bæði mikill og góðr því at Þorkell gékk nær, Th. kept a close eye on it, Ld. 316.
    B. Joined with prepp. and adverbs in a metaph. sense:—g. af, to depart from, go off; þá gékk af honum móðrinn ok sefaðisk hann, Edda 28; þá er af honum gékk hamremin, Eg. 125, Eb. 136, Stj. 118; g. af sér, to go out of or beyond oneself; mjök g. þeir svari-bræðr nú af sér, Fbr. 32; í móti Búa er hann gengr af sér ( rages) sem mest, Fb. i. 193; þá gékk mest af sér ranglæti manna um álnir, Bs. i. 135: so in the mod. phrases, g. fram af sér, to overstrain oneself; and g. af sér, to fall off, decay: to forsake, g. af trú, to apostatize, Fms. ii. 213; g. af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits, go mad, Post. 656 C. 31; g. af Guðs boðorðum, Stj. passim: to pass. Páskar g. af, Ld. 200: to be left as surplus (afgangr), Rb. 122, Grág. i. 411, K. Þ. K. 92:—g. aptr, to walk again, of a ghost (aptrganga), Ld. 58, Eb. 278, Fs. 131, 141, passim; and absol., g. um híbýli, to hunt, Landn. 107: to go back, be void, of a bargain, Gþl. 491:—g. at e-m, to go at, attack, Nj. 80, 160: to press on, Grág. i. 51, Dipl. ii. 19 (atgangr): g. at e-u, to accept a choice, Nj. 256; g. at máli, to assist, help, 207: to fit, of a key, lykla þá sem g. at kístum yðrum, Finnb. 234, Fbr. 46 new Ed., N. G. L. i. 383: medic. to ail, e-ð gengr at e-m; ok gengr at barni, and if the bairn ails, 340, freq. in mod. usage of ailment, grief, etc.:—g. á e-t, to go against, encroach upon; ganga á ríki e-s, Fms. i. 2; g. upp á, to tread upon, vii. 166; hverr maðr er ólofat gengr á mál þeirra, who trespasses against their measure, Grág. i. 3: to break, g. á orð, eiða, sættir, trygðir, grið, Finnb. 311, Fms. i. 189, Ld. 234; g. á bak e-u, to contravene, Ísl. ii. 382; ganga á, to go on with a thing, Grág. ii. 363; hence the mod. phrase, mikið gengr á, much going on; hvað gengr á, what is going on? það er farið að g. á það (of a task or work or of stores), it is far advanced, not much left:—g. eptir, to go after, pursue, claim (eptirgangr), Nj. 154, Þórð. 67, Fms. vii. 5; g. eptir e-m, to humour one who is cross, in the phrase, g. eptir e-m með grasið í skónum; vertu ekki að g. eptir stráknum; hann vill láta g. eptir ser (of a spoilt boy, cross fellow): to prove true, follow, hón mælti mart, en þó gékk þat sumt eptir, Nj. 194; eptir gékk þat er mér bauð hugr um, Eg. 21, Fms. x. 211:—g. fram, to go on well in a battle, Nj. 102, 235, Háv. 57 (framgangr): to speed, Nj. 150, Fms. xi. 427: to grow, increase (of stock), fé Hallgerðar gékk fram ok varð allmikit, Nj. 22; en er fram gékk mjök kvikfé Skallagríms, Eg. 136, Vígl. 38: to come to pass, skal þess bíða er þetta gengr fram, Nj. 102, Fms. xi. 22: to die, x. 422:—g. frá, to leave (a work) so and so; g. vel frá, to make good work; g. ílla frá, to make bad work; það er ílla frá því gengið, it is badly done:—g. fyrir, to go before, to yield to, to be swayed by a thing; heldr nú við hót, en ekki geng ek fyrir slíku, Fms. i. 305; þó at vér gangim heldr fyrir blíðu en stríðu, ii. 34, Fb. i. 378, Hom. 68; hvárki gékk hann fyrir blíðyrðum né ógnarmálum, Fms. x. 292; hann gékk þá fyrir fortülum hennar, Bs. i. 742: in mod. usage reflex., gangast fyrir íllu, góðu: to give away, tók hann þá at ganga fyrir, Fb. i. 530: Icel. now say, reflex., gangast fyrir, to fall off, from age or the like (vide fyrirgengiligr): to prevent, skal honum þá eigi fyrnska fyrir g., N. G. L. i. 249; þá er hann sekr þrem mörkum nema nauðsyn gangi fyrir, 14; at þeim gangi lögleg forföll fyrir, Gþl. 12:—g. í gegn, to go against, to meet, in mod. usage to deny, and so it seems to be in Gþl. 156; otherwise in old writers it always means the reverse, viz. to avow, confess; maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðsk tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away, Ísl. ii. 331; ef maðr gengr í gegn legorðinu, Grág. i. 340; sá goði er í gegn gékk ( who acknowledged) þingfesti hans, 20; hann iðraðisk úráðs síns, ok gékk í gegn at hann hefði saklausan selt herra sinn, Sks. 584,—this agrees with the parallel phrase, g. við e-t, mod. g. við e-u, to confess, both in old and mod. usage, id.:—g. hjá, to pass by, to waive a thing, Fms. vi. 168:—g. með, to go with one, to wed, marry (only used of a woman, like Lat. nubere), þú hefir þvert tekit at g. með mér, Ld. 262, Sd. 170, Grág. i. 178, Þiðr. 209, Gkv. 2. 27, Fms. xi. 5: medic., g. með barni, to go with child, i. 57; with acc. (barn), Bs. i. 790, and so in mod. usage; a mother says, sama sumarið sem eg gékk með hann (hana) N. N., (meðgöngutími); but dat. in the phrase, vera með barni, to be with child; g. með burði, of animals, Sks. 50, Stj. 70; g. með máli, to assist, plead, Eg. 523, Fms. xi. 105, Eb. 210; g. með e-u, to confess [Dan. medgaae], Stj., but rare and not vernacular:—g. milli, to go between, intercede, esp. as a peacemaker, passim (milli-ganga, meðal-ganga):—g. í móti, to resist, Nj. 90, 159, 171: of the tide, en þar gékk í móti útfalls-straumr, Eg. 600:—g. saman, to go together, marry, Grág. i. 324, Fms. xi. 77: of a bargain, agreement, við þetta gékk saman sættin, Nj. 250; saman gékk kaupit með þeim, 259:—g. sundr, to go asunder, part, and of a bargain, to be broken off, passim:—g. til, to step out, come along; gangit til, ok blótið, 623. 59; gangit til, ok hyggit at, landsmenn, Fms. iv. 282: to offer oneself, to volunteer, Bs. i. 23, 24: the phrase, e-m gengr e-ð til e-s, to purpose, intend; en þat gékk mér til þess ( that was my reason) at ek ann þér eigi, etc., Ísl. ii. 269; sagði, at honum gékk ekki ótrúnaðr til þessa, Fms. x. 39; gékk Flosa þat til, at …, Nj. 178; gengr mér meirr þat til, at ek vilda firra vini mína vandræðum, Fms. ii. 171; mælgi gengr mér til, ‘tis that I have spoken too freely, Orkn. 469, Fms. vi. 373, vii. 258: to fare, hversu hefir ykkr til gengið, how have you fared? Grett. 48 new Ed.; Loka gékk lítt til, it fared ill with L., Fb. i. 276: mod., þat gékk svá til, it so happened, but not freq., as bera við is better, (tilgangr, intention):—g. um e-t, to go about a thing; g. um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker, Fms. v. 156; g. um beina, to attend guests, Nj. 50, passim: to manage, fékk hón svá um gengit, Grett. 197 new Ed.; hversu þér genguð um mitt góðs, 206: to spread over, in the phrase, má þat er um margan gengr; þess er um margan gengr guma, Hm. 93: to veer, go round, of the wind, gékk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim, the wind went round and a gale met them, Bs. i. 775:—g. undan, to go before, escape, Ver. 15, Fms. vii. 217, Blas. 49: to be lost, wasted, jafnmikit sem undan gékk af hans vanrækt, Gþl. 338: to absent oneself, eggjuðusk ok báðu engan undan g., Fms. x. 238:—g. undir, to undertake a duty, freq.: to set, of the sun, Rb. 468, Vígl. (in a verse): to go into one’s possession, power, Fms. vii. 207;—g. upp, to be wasted, of money, Fær. 39, Fms. ix. 354: of stones or earth-bound things, to get loose, be torn loose, þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir í húsinu, Landn. 185; flest gékk upp þat sem fyrir þeim varð, Háv. 40, Finnb. 248; ok gékk ór garðinum upp ( was rent loose) garðtorfa frosin, Eb. 190: to rise, yield, when summoned, Sturl. iii. 236: of a storm, gale, to get up, rise, veðr gékk upp at eins, Grett. 94, Bárð. 169; gengr upp stormr hinn sami, Bs. ii. 50: of an ice-bound river, to swell, áin var ákafliga mikil, vóru höfuðísar at báðum-megin, en gengin upp ( swoln with ice) eptir miðju, Ld. 46, Fbr. 20 new Ed., Bjarn. 52; vötnin upp gengin, Fbr. 114; áin var gengin upp ok íll yfirferðar, Grett. 134:—g. við, in the phrase, g. við staf, to go with a staff, rest on it: with dat., g. við e-u, to avow (vide ganga í gegn above):—g. yfir, to spread, prevail, áðr Kristnin gengi yfir, Fms. x. 273; hétu á heiðin goð til þess at þau léti eigi Kristnina g. yfir landit, Bs. i. 23: the phrase, láta eitt g. yfir báða, to let one fate go over both, to stand by one another for weal and woe; hefi ek því heitið honum at eitt skyldi g. yfir okkr bæði, Nj. 193, 201, 204, Gullþ. 8: so in the saying, má þat er yfir margan gengr, a common evil is easier to bear, Fbr. 45 new Ed. (vide um above); muntu nú verða at segja slíkt sem yfir hefir gengið, all that has happened, Fms. xi. 240; þess gengr ekki yfir þá at þeir vili þeim lengr þjóna, they will no longer serve them, come what may, Orkn. 84: to overrun, tyrannize over, þeir vóru ójafnaðar menn ok ganga þar yfir alla menn, Fms. x. 198 (yfirgangr): to transgress, Hom. 109: to overcome, þótti öllum mönnum sem hann mundi yfir allt g., Fms. vii. 326: a naut. term, to dash over, as spray, áfall svá mikit at yfir gékk þegar skipit, Bs. i. 422; hence the metaph. phrase, g. yfir e-n, to be astonished; það gengr yfir mig, it goes above me, I am astonished.
    C. Used singly, of various things:
    1. of cattle, horses, to graze (haga-gangr); segja menn at svín hans gengi á Svínanesi, en sauðir á Hjarðarnesi, Landn. 124, Eg. 711; kálfrinn óx skjótt ok gékk í túni um sumarit, Eb. 320; Freyfaxi gengr í dalnum fram, Hrafn. 6; þar var vanr at g. hafr um túnit, Nj. 62; þar var til grass (görs) at g., Ld. 96, Grág. passim; gangandi gripr, cattle, beasts, Bjarn. 22; ganganda fé, id., Sturl. i. 83, Band. 2, Ísl. ii. 401.
    2. of shoals of fish, to go up, in a river or the like (fiski-ganga, -gengd); vötn er netnæmir fiskar g. í, Grág. i. 149; til landauðnar horfði í Ísafirði áðr fiskr gékk upp á Kvíarmiði, Sturl. ii. 177; fiskr er genginn inn ór álum, Bb. 3. 52.
    3. of the sun, stars, vide B. above, (sólar-gangr hæstr, lengstr, and lægstr skemstr = the longest and shortest day); áðr sól gangi af Þingvelli, Grág. i. 24; því at þar gékk eigi sól af um skamdegi, Landn. 140, Rb. passim:—of a thunder-storm, þar gékk reiði-duna með eldingu, Fb. iii. 174:—of the tide, stream, water, vide B. above, eða gangi at vötn eða skriður, K. Þ. K. 78.
    4. of a ship, gékk þá skipit mikit, Eg. 390, Fms. vi. 249; létu svá g. suðr fyrir landit, Eg. 78; lét svá g. suðr allt þar til er hann sigldi í Englands-haf, Ó. H. 149; réru nótt ok dag sem g. mátti, Eg. 88; gékk skipit brátt út á haf, Ó. H. 136.
    β. to pass; kvað engi skip skyldi g. (go, pass) til Íslands þat sumar, Ld. 18.
    II. metaph. to run out, stretch out, project, of a landscape or the like; gengr haf fyrir vestan ok þar af firðir stórir, Eg. 57; g. höf stór ór útsjánum inn í jörðina; haf (the Mediterranean) gengr af Njörva-sundum (the Straits of Gibraltar), Hkr. i. 5; nes mikit gékk í sæ út, Eg. 129, Nj. 261; í gegnum Danmörk gengr sjór (the Baltic) í Austrveg, A. A. 288; fyrir austan hafs-botn þann (Bothnia) er gengr til móts við Gandvík (the White Sea), Orkn. begin.: frá Bjarmalandi g. lönd til úbygða, A. A. 289; Europa gengr allt til endimarka Hispaniae, Stj. 83; öllum megin gengr at henni haf ok kringir um hana, 85; þessi þinghá gékk upp ( extended) um Skriðudal, Hrafn. 24: of houses, af fjósi gékk forskáli, Dropl. 28.
    2. to spread, branch out; en af því tungurnar eru ólíkar hvár annarri, þær þegar, er ór einni ok hinni sömu hafa gengit eða greinzt, þá þarf ólíka stafi í at hafa, Skálda (Thorodd) 160: of a narrative, gengr þessi saga mest af Sverri konungi, this story goes forth from him, i. e. relates to, tells of him, Fb. ii. 533; litlar sögur megu g. af hesti mínum, Nj. 90; um fram alla menn Norræna þá er sögur g. frá, Fms. i. 81.
    III. to take the lead, prevail; gékk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter (i. e. after the Conquest) the Welsh tongue prevailed in England, Ísl. ii. 221; ok þar allt sem Dönsk tunga gengi, Fms. xi. 19; meðan Dönsk tunga gengr, x. 179:—of money, to be current, hundrað aura þá er þá gengu í gjöld, Dropl. 16; eigi skulu álnar g. aðrar en þessar, Grág. i. 498; í þenna tíð gékk hér silfr í allar stórskuldir, 500, Fms. viii. 270; eptir því sem gengr ( the course) flestra manna í millum, Gþl. 352:—of laws, to be valid, ok var nær sem sín lög gengi í hverju fylki, Fms. iv. 18; Óðinn setti lög í landi sínu þau er gengit höfðu fyrr með Ásum, Hkr. i. 13; þeirra laga er gengu á Uppsala-þingi, Ó. H. 86; hér hefir Kristindóms-bálk þann er g. skal, N. G. L. i. 339; sá siðr er þá gékk, Fb. i. 71, (vide ganga yfir):—of sickness, plague, famine, to rage, þá gékk landfarsótt, bóla, drepsótt, hallæri, freq.; also impers., gékk því hallæri um allt Ísland, Bs. i. 184; mikit hallæri ok hart gékk yfir fólkið, 486, v. l.; gékk sóttin um haustið fyrir sunnan land; þá gékk mest plágan fyrri, Ann. 1402, 1403.
    IV. to go on, last, in a bad sense, of an evil; tókst síðan bardagi, ok er hann hafði gengit um hríð, Fs. 48: impers., hefir þessu gengit ( it has gone on) marga manns-aldra, Fms. i. 282; gékk því lengi, so it went on a long while, Grett. 79 new Ed.; gékk þessu enn til dags, Nj. 272; ok gékk því um hríð, 201; ok gékk því allan þann dag, Fms. vii. 147; lát því g. í allt sumar, xi. 57; gengr þessu þar til er …, Fb. i. 258.
    V. denoting violence; létu g. bæði grjót ok vápn, Eg. 261; létu þá hvárir-tveggju g. allt þat er til vápna höfðu, Fms. ix. 44; láta höggin g., to let it rain blows, Úlf. 12. 40; háðung, spottyrði, hróp ok brigzl hver lét með öðrum g. á víxl, Pass. 14. 3, (vápna-gangr); Birkibeinar róa þá eptir, ok létu g. lúðrana, and sounded violently the alarum, Fms. ix. 50, (lúðra-gangr); láta dæluna g., to pour out bad language, vide dæla.
    VI. to be able to go on, to go, partly impers.; ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do, Fms. vi. 284; svá þykt at þeim gékk þar ekki at fara, they stood so close that they could not proceed there, Nj. 247; þá nam þar við, gékk þá eigi lengra, there was a stop; then it could go no farther, Fms. xi. 278; leiddu þeir skipit upp eptir ánni, svá sem gékk, as far as the ship could go, as far as the river was navigable, Eg. 127: esp. as a naut. term, impers., e. g. þeim gékk ekki fyrir nesið, they could not clear the ness; þá gengr eigi lengra, ok fella þeir þá seglið, Bs. i. 423; at vestr gengi um Langanes, 485, v. l.
    VII. with adverbs; g. létt, fljótt, to go smoothly; g. þungt, seint, to go slowly; oss munu öll vápna-viðskipti þungt g. við þá, Nj. 201; þungt g. oss nú málaferlin, 181; gékk þeim lítt atsóknin, Stj. 385; at þeim feðgum hefði þá allir hlutir léttast gengit, Bs. i. 274; seint gengr, Þórir, greizlan, Ó. H. 149; g. betr, verr, to get the better, the worse; gékk Ribbungum betr í fyrstu, Fms. ix. 313; gengu ekki mjök kaupin, the bargain did not go well, Nj. 157, cp. ganga til (B. above):—to turn out, hversu g. mundi orrostan, 273; gékk þá allt eptir því sem Hallr hafði sagt, 256; ef kviðir g. í hag sækjanda, if the verdict goes for the plaintiff, Grág. i. 87; þótti þetta mál hafa gengit at óskum, Dropl. 14; mart gengr verr en varir, a saying, Hm. 39; þykir honum nú at sýnu g. ( it seems to him evident) at hann hafi rétt hugsað, Fms. xi. 437; g. andæris, to go all wrong, Am. 14; g. misgöngum, to go amiss, Grág. i. 435; g. e-m í tauma, to turn false ( crooked); þat mun mér lítt í tauma g. er Rútr segir, Nj. 20; g. ofgangi, to go too high, Fms. vii. 269.
    VIII. of a blow or the like; hafði gengit upp á miðjan fetann, the axe went in up to the middle of the blade, Nj. 209; gékk þegar á hol, 60; gékk í gegnum skjöldinn, 245, Fb. i. 530.
    IX. of law; láta próf g., to make an enquiry; láta vátta g., to take evidence, D. N.
    X. to be gone, be lost; gékk hér með holdit niðr at beini, the flesh was torn off, Fb. i. 530: esp. in pass. part. genginn, dead, gone, eptir genginn guma, Hm. 71; moldar-genginn, buried, Sl. 60; hel-genginn, 68; afli genginn, gone from strength, i. e. powerless, Skv. 3. 13.
    β. gone, past; gengið er nú það görðist fyr, a ditty; mér er gengið heimsins hjól, gone for me is the world’s wheel ( luck), a ditty.
    XI. used as transit. with acc.; hann gengr björninn á bak aptr, he broke the bear’s back in grappling with him, Finnb. 248; ok gengr hana á bak, ok brýtr í sundr í henni hrygginn, Fb. i. 530.
    2. medic. with dat. to discharge; ganga blóði, to discharge blood (Dan. blodgang), Bs. i. 337, 383; Arius varð bráðdauðr ok gékk ór sér öllum iðrum, Ver. 47.
    D. REFLEX.:
    I. singly, gangask, to be altered, to change, be corrupted; gangask í munni, of tradition; var þat löng ævi, ok vant at sögurnar hefði eigi gengisk í munni, Ó. H. pref.; má því eigi þetta mál í munni gengisk hafa, Fb. ii. Sverr. S. pref.; ok mættim vér ráða um nokkut, at málit gengisk, that the case could miscarry, be lost, Glúm. 380:—láta gangask, to let pass. waive; lét Páll þá g. þá hluti er áðr höfðu í millum staðit, Sturl. i. 102; ef þú lætr eigi g. þat er ek kref þik, Fms. xi. 61.
    2. e-m gengsk hugr við e-t, to change one’s mind, i. e. to be moved to compassion, yield; sótti hón þá svá at honum gékksk hugr við, Eb. 264; þá gékksk Þorgerði hugr við harma-tölur hans, Ld. 232; ok mun honum g. hugr við þat, svá at hann mun fyrirgefa þér, Gísl. 98; nú sem hann grét, gékksk Ísak hugr við, Stj. 167; er sendimaðr fann at Birni gékksk hugr við féit, Ó. H. 194; við slíkar fortölur hennar gékksk Einari hugr (E. was swayed) til ágirni, Orkn. 24.
    II. with prepp. (cp. B. above); gangask at, to ‘go at it,’ engage in a fight; nú gangask þeir at fast, Dropl. 24, Ísl. ii. 267; gengusk menn at sveitum, of wrestlers, they wrestled one with another in sections (Dan. flokkevis), Glúm. 354; þeir gengusk at lengi, Finnb. 248:—gangask fyrir, vide B. above:—gangask í gegn, at móti, to stand against, fight against; at vér látim ok eigi þá ráða er mest vilja í gegn gangask (i. e. the extreme on each side), Íb. 12, cp. Fms. ii. 241; at þeir skipaði til um fylkingar sínar, hverjar sveitir móti skyldi g., i. e. to pair the combatants off, ix. 489; þeir risu upp ok gengusk at móti, Stj. 497. 2 Sam. ii. 15:—g. nær, to come to close quarters (Lat. cominus gerere), Nj. 176, Fms. xi. 240:—gangask á, to dash against one another, to split; á gengusk eiðar, the oaths were broken, Vsp. 30: to be squared off against one another, sú var görð þeirra, at á gengusk vígin húskarlanna, Rd. 288; ekki er annars getið en þeir léti þetta á gangask, i. e. they let it drop, Bjarn. 47; gangask fyrir, to fall off, Fms. iii. 255:—gangask við, to grow, gain strength; áðr en við gengisk hans bæn, before his prayer should be fulfilled, x. 258; ef þat er ætlað at trúa þessi skuli við g., Nj. 162; hétu þeir fast á guðin, at þau skyldi eigi láta við garrgask Kristniboð Ólafs konungs, Fms. ii. 32; þetta gékksk við um öll þau fylki, vii. 300; mikit gékksk Haraldr við (H. grew fast) um vöxt ok afl, Fb. i. 566; Eyvindr hafði mikið við gengizk um menntir, E. had much improved himself in good breeding, Hrafn. 24; vildi hann prófa hvárr þeirra meira hafði við gengisk, which of them had gained most strength, Grett. 107: to be in vogue, in a bad sense, ok löngum við gengisk öfund ok rangindi, Fms. i. 221, cp. Pass. 37. 7:—gangask ór stað, to be removed, Fms. xi. 107.
    III. in the phrase, e-m gengsk vel, ílla, it goes well, ill with one, Hom. 168, Am. 53; ílls gengsk þér aldri, nema …, the evil will never leave thee, thou wilt never be happy, unless …, 65.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GANGA

  • 13 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    - a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 14 πλάγιος

    πλάγιος [ᾰ], α, ον, also ος, ον Thphr.CP3.6.3, etc.: (v. πλάζω (A) fin.):—
    A placed sideways, athwart,

    τριήρεις Th.7.59

    , etc.; π. φορά oblique motion, Pl.Ti. 39a ; opp. ἀντία (direct), ib. 43e ; πλάγιον θεῖναί τι, opp. ὀρθόν, X.Oec.19.9 ;

    τάφρους ὀρύσσειν τὰς μὲν πλαγίους τὰς δὲ ὀρθίας Thphr.

    l.c.; μαστοὶ π. pointing sideways, Arist.PA 688a35 : Geom., π. διάμετρος transverse diameter, Apollon.Perg.Con.1 Def.1.5 ; π. πλευρά ib.1.14; τὰ π., of the regions round the celestial poles, as being transverse to the diurnal rotation, Arist.Cael. 285b12 ; horizontal,

    μεσηγὺ δύο στύλων στρωτῆρα π. εὖ προσδῆσαι Hp.Art.7

    ;

    πλάγι' ἐστὶ τἄλλα, τοῦτο δ' ὀρθὸν θηρίον Philem.3

    ; of window bars, opp. ἀντία, PCair.Zen.663.8 (iii B. C.); so ξύλον κρεμάσαι π. Paul.Aeg.6.99 ; π. Σελήνη, opp. ὀρθή, Cat.Cod.Astr.8(3).174; πλαγία φάλαγξ an army in march with extended front, transverse to the direction of march, Ascl.Tact.10.1, 11.1; also of ships,

    π. παραβάλλουσαι ἀλλήλαις Plb.1.22.9

    ;

    παρεδίδου π. [τὰς τριήρεις] τοῖς Ἕλλησι Plu.Them.14

    ;

    π. ὥσπερ πνεύματι παραδιδοὺς ἑαυτόν Id.2.28d

    .
    2 πλάγια, τά, sides, flanks,

    τῆς Σκυθικῆς Hdt.4.49

    ; τὸ π., of the body, Arist.PA 657b21, IA 713b31.
    b esp. in military sense, τοῖς π. ἐπιέναι attack the flanks, Th.4.32 ; εἰς τὰ π. παραγαγεῖν, παραπέμψαι, to make an army file off right and left, X.An.3.4.14, 6.3.15 ; π. λαβεῖν τοὺς πολεμίους to take the enemy in flank, Id.Cyr.7.1.26, etc.;

    π. παραπορεύεσθαι Plb.6.40.7

    .
    3 of ground, sloping, Gp.2.46.2.
    4 freq. with Preps. in adv. sense, εἰς τὸ π. sideways, [

    ῥὶς] ἐς τὸ π. κατάγνυται Hp.Art. 38

    ;

    δρέπανα εἰς π. ἀποτεταμένα X.An.1.8.10

    ;

    ἐς τὰ π. παραπλέοντες Th.7.40

    ; opp. εἰς τὸ ἀντίον, X.Eq.12.12 ; εἰς πλάγια, opp. καταντικρύ, Pl.Tht. 194b ; ἐκ πλαγίου, opp. καταντικρύ, Id.R. 598a ; ἐκ πλαγίου in flank, esp. in military sense, Th.4.33, 7.6, X.HG6.5.26 ; ἐκ τῶν π. Arist.Mete. 377b29; ἐκ π. Id.Pr. 912b28;

    ἐκ πλαγίων τῆς σκηνῆς LXX Nu.3.29

    ;

    ἐκ πλαγίας Arist.Mete. 372a11

    ; ἐν τῷ π. ib. 378a3 ; ἐπὶ τὸ π. Id.IA 712b17; πρόσθεν ἢ κατὰ <τὰ> πλάγια in front or in flank, X. Cyr.5.2.1: regul.Adv. - ίως rare, Aen.Tact.32.2 (cj.), Arist.Mech. 850b37, Luc.Symp.47 : neut. πλάγιον as Adv., Inscr.Prien.363.13 (iv B. C.), al.
    II metaph., crooked, treacherous,

    φρένες Pi.I.3.5

    ;

    σὺν πλαγίῳ κόρῳ στείχοντα Id.N.1.64

    ;

    πλάγια φρονεῖν E.IA 332

    ;

    πλάγιοι ταῖς ψυχαῖς Plb.4.8.11

    ; π. ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ wavering, Id.30.1.6, etc.; προβλήματα π. involving arrière-pensée, Hermog.Inv.4.13. Adv. - ίως

    , χρώμενοι ταῖς διαβολαῖς Plu.2.856c

    ; but simply, indirectly, by implication, Ph.2.173 ; with an innuendo, Plu.2.205b.
    III Gramm., πτῶσις πλαγία oblique case, Stoic.2.60: freq. in pl., D.H.Comp.6, A.D.Pron. 23.1,al., S.E.M.1.177.
    2 π. λέξις dependent construction, Demetr. Eloc. 198; τὸ π., opp. τὸ εὐθύ, ib. 104.
    IV [full] πλάγιον, τό, technical term of uncertain meaning in connexion with enrolment of ἔφηβοι, Chron.d' Égypte 7 ( 1932). 301, Sammelb.7239.25 (ii A. D.), BGU1084.31(ii A. D.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πλάγιος

  • 15 long

    1. n долгий срок; длительный период; большой промежуток времени

    for long — надолго, на большой срок

    before long — скоро, в ближайшее время

    it is long since we saw him — мы уже давно его не видели, прошло много времени с тех пор, как мы его видели

    he may not endure long — он, вероятно, долго не продержится

    2. n стих. долгий слог

    long term — долгий срок; долгосрочный

    long memory — долгая память, хорошая память

    3. n фон. долгий гласный
    4. n муз. лонга
    5. n бирж. покупатель ценных бумаг

    long elephant — ширина рулона обойной бумаги,8

    foolscap long folio — формат писчей бумаги,5Х40,6 см

    6. n бирж. спекулянт, играющий на повышение
    7. n бирж. брюки
    8. n бирж. большие роста
    9. a длинный

    at long range — на большом расстоянии; с большого расстояния

    a long way about — крюк, объезд

    10. a редк. высокий, долговязый
    11. a долгий, продолжительный, длительный

    Long Service and Good Conduct Medal — медаль «За долголетнюю и безупречную службу»

    for a long time — долго, давно; надолго

    a long time ago — много времени тому назад; давным-давно

    12. a имеющий такую-то длину; длиной в …
    13. a имеющий такую-то продолжительность; продолжительностью в …

    an hour long — продолжающийся один час, часовой

    as long as life endures — пока есть жизнь, пока человек жив

    long swing hip beat — с большого маха вис лежа на н.ж.

    14. a отдалённый
    15. a фин. долгосрочный
    16. a медленный, медлительный
    17. a томительный, скучный

    the long hours dragged slowly by — долгие, томительные часы тянулись так медленно

    long, unlively debate — длинные, скучные дебаты

    18. a разг. большой

    long drink — «большой стакан»

    19. a разг. удлинённый, продолговатый
    20. a разг. грам. полный
    21. a разг. целый

    long mile — добрая миля, не меньше мили

    22. a разг. богатый; сильный

    he is long on common sense — здравый смысл — его сильная сторона

    long ears — глупость;

    a long dozen — тринадцать;

    long head — проницательность; предусмотрительность

    to take long views — проявлять предусмотрительность, быть дальновидным

    in the long run — в конечном счёте; в результате

    23. adv долго; длительно
    24. adv давно; долгое время

    long ago — давно; давным-давно

    25. adv усил. полностью; с начала до конца

    all day long — целый день; день-деньской

    long house — длинный вигвам; общий дом нескольких семейств

    26. adv бирж. на повышение

    so long as — если только, при условии, что

    long mark — знак долготы,

    27. v страстно желать; стремиться
    Синонимический ряд:
    1. boring (adj.) boring; long-winded; prolix; tedious; verbose; wordy
    2. lengthy (adj.) attenuated; dragging; drawn out; drawn-out; elongate; elongated; extended; extensive; interminable; lengthy; long-drawn-out; longsome; overlong; prolonged; protracted; unending
    3. age (noun) aeon; aeons; age; ages; blue moon; coon's age; dog's age; donkey's years; eternity
    4. ache (verb) ache; covet; crave; desire; dream; hanker; hanker for; hunger; itch; long for; lust; pant; pine; pine for; sigh; suspire; thirst; wish; yearn; yearn for; yen
    Антонимический ряд:
    brief; compact; compressed; concise; condensed; curt; disdain; ephemeral; evanescent; fleeting; forgo; interesting; laconic; pithy; short

    English-Russian base dictionary > long

  • 16 short

    1. n краткое содержание; суть

    in short — вкратце, короче говоря, одним словом

    for short — для краткости, сокращённо

    the long and the short of it is … — короче говоря, одним словом

    2. n лингв. краткий гласный
    3. n лингв. краткий слог
    4. n лингв. знак краткости

    short and — знак союза «и»

    5. n разг. короткометражный фильм
    6. n разг. короткий отрывок, короткое произведение

    short ribs — короткие рёбра; ложные рёбра

    short term — короткий срок; краткосрочный

    7. n разг. малый рост
    8. n разг. эл. разг. короткое замыкание
    9. n разг. воен. недолёт
    10. n разг. бирж. спекулянты, играющие на понижение
    11. n разг. крепкий напиток, спиртное

    short snorter — глоток спиртного; выпивка на скорую руку

    12. n разг. «стаканчик»
    13. a низкий, невысокий
    14. a короткий, краткий, недолгий
    15. a краткосрочный
    16. a краткий, сжатый
    17. a кино короткометражный
    18. a урезанный; неполный

    short measure — неполная мера, недомер

    19. a неполный, примерный
    20. a некомплектный, неукомплектованный
    21. a скудный, бедный

    short purse — тощий кошелёк; безденежье

    to be on short commons — скудно питаться, недоедать, «поститься»

    22. a недостаточный; испытывающий нехватку

    to be short of breath — задыхаться, тяжело дышать; запыхаться

    23. a неудовлетворительный
    24. a ком. продающийся без покрытия
    25. a бирж. разг. играющий на понижение
    26. adv резко, круто; внезапно, неожиданно
    27. adv преждевременно, до срока

    to cut the course of events short — оборвать ход событий, не дать событиям прийти к их естественному завершению

    28. adv коротко

    in short — короче говоря,

    29. adv близко, недалеко, на близком расстоянии

    a short distance away — недалеко, неподалёку

    30. adv не доходя, не достигнув
    31. adv редк. кратко, сжато; отрывисто
    Синонимический ряд:
    1. abruptly (adj.) abruptly; suddenly; unawares
    2. bluff (adj.) abrupt; bluff; blunt; brusque; crusty; gruff; rough; short-spoken; snippety; snippy
    3. brief (adj.) breviloquent; brief; compendiary; compendious; concise; condensed; direct; fleeting; hasty; laconic; lean; quick; sententious; short and sweet; succinct; summary; terse
    4. brittle (adj.) brittle; crisp; crumbly; crunchy; friable
    5. curt (adj.) curt; impatient; inconsiderate; rude; sharp; short-tempered; testy; thoughtless; unceremonious; uncivil; ungracious
    6. deficient (adj.) deficient; failing; inadequate; incomplete; insufficient; lacking; meager; scant; scanty; scarce; scrimpy; shy; skimpy; slender; unsufficient; wanting
    7. dwarfish (adj.) dwarfish; squat; stubby; stunted
    8. inferior (adj.) below; inferior; substandard; unacceptable
    9. low-set (adj.) low-set; low-statured
    10. small (adj.) diminutive; little; low; slight; small; tiny; undersized
    11. substance (noun) amount; body; burden; core; crux; gist; kernel; matter; meat; nub; nubbin; pith; purport; sense; strength; substance; sum and substance; sum total; thrust; upshot
    12. spare (verb) scant; skimp; spare; stint
    13. unawares (other) aback; abruptly; asudden; forthwith; sudden; suddenly; unanticipatedly; unaware; unawaredly; unawares; unexpectedly
    Антонимический ряд:
    ample; bland; complete; comprehensive; congenial; copious; courteous; deferred; diffuse; distant; endless; exceeding; expanded; extended; large; long; rambling; tall

    English-Russian base dictionary > short

  • 17 θυγάτηρ

    θυγάτηρ, τρός, ἡ (Hom.+) voc. θύγατερ (B-D-R 147, 3) for which the nom. without the art. is also used (Mk 5:34; Lk 8:48; J 12:15; W-S. §29, 4; Mlt-H. 136); pl. θυγατέρες etc.
    a human (θ. is used in lit. also of offspring of animals, e.g. Simonides of Ceos 7 of mules) female in relation of child to parent, daughter (Epict. 4, 11, 35; Paus. 8, 20, 3) Mt 10:35, 37; Lk 8:42; 12:53. Foll. by gen. of father or mother Mt 9:18; 14:6; 15:22, 28; Mk 5:35; 6:22; 7:26, 29; Lk 2:36; 8:49; Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 7:21; Hb 11:24; B 19:5; D 4:9; cp. Ac 21:9; GJs 17:1; Papias (2:9; 11:2). τὰς θυγατέρας τῶν Ἑβραίων τὰς ἀμιάντους, the undefiled daughters of the Hebrews. GJs 6:1 (s. deStrycker ad loc.; s. also the lit. s.v. γαμίζω 1bγ).
    someone treated as one’s daughter, daughter (for such extended use of θ. cp. Paradoxogr. Vat. 60 Keller; Phalaris, Ep. 142, 3 θ.=girl) voc. in a friendly greeting to girls or women Mt 9:22; Mk 5:34; Lk 8:48. Sim. of God’s daughters as children in a transcendent sense 2 Cor 6:18 (cp. Is 43:6; Wsd 9:7); in personal address υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες B 1:1 (cp. Ath. 32, 2).
    female members of an ancestral group, political entity, or specific class of persons, daughters, θυγατέρες Ἀαρών the female descendants of Aaron, i.e., the women of priestly families Lk 1:5. θ. Ἀβραάμ 13:16 (cp. 4 Macc 15:28). Of women who are readers of B, and are therefore his pupils B 1:1 (but s. 2 above). θυγατέρες Ἰερουσαλήμ Lk 23:28 is an OT expr. to designate the individual female inhabitants of the city (cp. SSol 2:7; 3:5; Is 3:16; 4:4; PsSol 2:6, 13). But the situation is different from the usage θυγάτηρ Σιών in 4.
    someth. personified as female, daughter (Procop. Soph., Ep. 93 the letters are θυγατέρες of their writers), of doubt θ. ἐστὶ τοῦ διαβόλου the devil’s daughter Hm 9:9; cp. 12, 2, 2 (Pind., O. 10, 3f ἀλάθεια as θυγάτηρ Διός). Of virtues, one of which is the daughter of the other in turn Hv 3, 8, 4f.—Of special interest is the sing. θυγάτηρ Σιών, as in OT fashion (cp. Zech 2:14; 9:9; Jer 4:31 al.—SibOr 3, 324 θυγατέρες δυσμῶν=peoples of the west) this term denotes the city of Zion and its inhabitants Mt 21:5; J 12:15 (both w. combination of Is 62:11 and Zech 9:9). B. 106; BHHW III 1999. JLeipoldt, Die Frau in der antiken Welt u. im Urchristentum ’62; BRawson, The Roman Family: The Family in Ancient Rome, ed. BRawson ’86, 1–57.—DELG. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > θυγάτηρ

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Church —     The Church     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church     The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Benedictine Order —     The Benedictine Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Benedictine Order     The Benedictine Order comprises monks living under the Rule of St. Benedict, and commonly known as black monks . The order will be considered in this article under… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Byzantine Empire —     The Byzantine Empire     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Byzantine Empire     The ancient Roman Empire having been divided into two parts, an Eastern and a Western, the Eastern remained subject to successors of Constantine, whose capital was at …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Good, the Bad and the Ugly — Infobox Film name = The Good, the Bad and the Ugly (Il Buono, il Brutto, il Cattivo) caption = Original American movie poster director = Sergio Leone producer = Alberto Grimaldi writer = Story: Sergio Leone Luciano Vincenzoni Screenplay: Age… …   Wikipedia

  • The Goodies (TV series) — infobox television show name = The Goodies caption = format = Comedy runtime = 30 ndash; 50 minutes creator = Tim Brooke Taylor Graeme Garden Bill Oddie starring = Tim Brooke Taylor Graeme Garden Bill Oddie country = UK network = BBC 2 ITV (for… …   Wikipedia

  • The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist —     The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     In this article we shall consider:     ♦ the fact of the Real Presence, which is, indeed, the central dogma;     ♦ the …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Blessed Trinity —     The Blessed Trinity     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Trinity     This article is divided as follows:          I. Dogma of the Trinity;     II. Proof of the Doctrine from Scripture;     III. Proof of the Doctrine from Tradition;… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Grammar of Science — is a book by Karl Pearson first published at London by Walter Scott in 1892. It was recommended by Einstein to his friends of the Olympia Academy. Several themes were covered in this book that later became part of the theories of Einstein and… …   Wikipedia

  • The United States of America —     The United States of America     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America     BOUNDARIES AND AREA     On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Bible and homosexuality — is a contentious subject that influences how homosexuality and homosexual sex are regarded in societies where Christianity has made a strong impact. The Bible is generally considered by believers to be inspired by God or to record God s… …   Wikipedia

  • The Founding Myths of Israel — The Founding Myths of Israel: Nationalism, Socialism, and the Making of the Jewish State is a book by Zeev Sternhell. It was published in Hebrew in 1995, in French in 1996 and in English in 1998. The stated purpose of the book is an analysis of… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»